]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blame - gcc/target.def
Take insn scratch RA requirements into account in IRA.
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
CommitLineData
38f8b050 1/* Target hook definitions.
8d9254fc 2 Copyright (C) 2001-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38f8b050
JR
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
acce4e77
JM
22/* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24#include "target-hooks-macros.h"
38f8b050 25
acce4e77
JM
26#undef HOOK_TYPE
27#define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
38f8b050 28
acce4e77 29HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
38f8b050
JR
30
31/* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35/* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36DEFHOOKPOD
37(open_paren,
673c2f63
JM
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
38f8b050
JR
41 const char *, "(")
42DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44/* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45DEFHOOKPOD
46(byte_op,
673c2f63 47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
cac6691c 48@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
673c2f63 49@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
cac6691c 50@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
673c2f63 51@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
cac6691c 52@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
673c2f63
JM
53@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
54@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
cac6691c 55@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
673c2f63 56@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
cac6691c 57@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
673c2f63 58@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
cac6691c 59@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
673c2f63
JM
60@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
61These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
62of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
63byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
64aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
65@code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
66\n\
67The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
68followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
69the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
38f8b050
JR
70 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
71DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
72DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
73
74/* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
75 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
76 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
77 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
78 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
79DEFHOOK
80(integer,
673c2f63
JM
81 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
82integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
83in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
84function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
85object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
86split the object into smaller parts.\n\
87\n\
88The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
89@code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
90when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
38f8b050
JR
91 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
92 NULL. */
93 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
94 default_assemble_integer)
95
dddb7af4
ST
96/* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label. */
97DEFHOOK
98(post_cfi_startproc,
99 "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\
100after the .cfi_startproc directive. The first argument is the file stream to\n\
7e1f39b6
JL
101write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration. The\n\
102expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\
dddb7af4
ST
103\n\
104The default is to not output any assembly strings.",
105 void, (FILE *, tree),
106 hook_void_FILEptr_tree)
107
dc2af904
BS
108/* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
109 decl. */
110DEFHOOK
111(decl_end,
112 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
113terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
114 void, (void),
115 hook_void_void)
116
38f8b050
JR
117/* Output code that will globalize a label. */
118DEFHOOK
119(globalize_label,
673c2f63
JM
120 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
121@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
122that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
123\n\
124The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
125@code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
38f8b050
JR
126 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
127 default_globalize_label)
128
129/* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
130DEFHOOK
131(globalize_decl_name,
673c2f63
JM
132 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
133@var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
134global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
135\n\
136The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
38f8b050
JR
137 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
138
0d4b5b86
BS
139/* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
140DEFHOOK
141(assemble_undefined_decl,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143@var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
144@var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
145assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
146 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
147 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
148
38f8b050
JR
149/* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
150 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
151 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
152 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
153 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
154DEFHOOK
155(emit_unwind_label,
673c2f63
JM
156 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
157should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
158should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
159function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
160The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
161exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
162true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
163\n\
164The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
38f8b050
JR
165 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
166 default_emit_unwind_label)
167
168/* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
169DEFHOOK
170(emit_except_table_label,
673c2f63
JM
171 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
172It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
173to be broken up according to function.\n\
174\n\
175The default is that no label is emitted.",
38f8b050
JR
176 void, (FILE *stream),
177 default_emit_except_table_label)
178
a68b5e52
RH
179/* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
180DEFHOOK
181(emit_except_personality,
182 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
183 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
184 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
185 void, (rtx personality),
186 NULL)
187
38f8b050
JR
188/* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
189DEFHOOK
190(unwind_emit,
673c2f63
JM
191 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
192given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
193returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
ac44248e 194 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
2784ed9c 195 NULL)
38f8b050 196
3bc6b3e6
RH
197DEFHOOKPOD
198(unwind_emit_before_insn,
199 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
200 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
201 be called afterward.",
202 bool, true)
203
4ee3b013
JR
204/* Generate an internal label.
205 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
206DEFHOOK_UNDOC
207(generate_internal_label,
208 "",
209 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
210 default_generate_internal_label)
211
38f8b050
JR
212/* Output an internal label. */
213DEFHOOK
214(internal_label,
673c2f63
JM
215 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
216name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
217\n\
218It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
219used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
220will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
221\n\
222It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
223object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
224should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
225beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
226convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
227\n\
228The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
38f8b050
JR
229 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
230 default_internal_label)
231
232/* Output label for the constant. */
ad78130c 233DEFHOOK
38f8b050 234(declare_constant_name,
673c2f63
JM
235 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
236for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
237target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
238@code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
239and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
240will be an internal label.\n\
241\n\
242The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
243usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
244\n\
245You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
ad78130c 246 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
38f8b050
JR
247 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
248
249/* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
250DEFHOOK
251(ttype,
673c2f63
JM
252 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
253the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
254if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
255reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
38f8b050
JR
256 bool, (rtx sym),
257 hook_bool_rtx_false)
258
259/* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
260 associated with the tree decl. */
261DEFHOOK
262(assemble_visibility,
673c2f63
JM
263 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
264commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
265hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
38f8b050
JR
266 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
267 default_assemble_visibility)
268
417ca011
TD
269DEFHOOK
270(print_patchable_function_entry,
271 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
272@var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
273sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
274location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
275of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
276@code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
277 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
278 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
279
38f8b050
JR
280/* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
281DEFHOOK
282(function_prologue,
673c2f63
JM
283 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
284function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
285initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
286saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
42776416
RS
287local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
288code should be output.\n\
673c2f63
JM
289\n\
290The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
291macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
292\n\
293@findex regs_ever_live\n\
294To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
295@code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
296@var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
297prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
298call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
299@code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
300\n\
301On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
302not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
303they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
304appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
305registers are used in the function.\n\
306\n\
307@findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
308On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
309function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
310pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
311frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
312@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
313time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
314\n\
315The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
316required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
317listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
318order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
319stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
320the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
321for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
322compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
323or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
324need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
42776416 325 void, (FILE *file),
38f8b050
JR
326 default_function_pro_epilogue)
327
328/* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
329DEFHOOK
330(function_end_prologue,
673c2f63
JM
331 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
332prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
333emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
334emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
38f8b050
JR
335 void, (FILE *file),
336 no_asm_to_stream)
337
338/* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
339DEFHOOK
340(function_begin_epilogue,
673c2f63
JM
341 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
342epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
343emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
344emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
38f8b050
JR
345 void, (FILE *file),
346 no_asm_to_stream)
347
348/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
349DEFHOOK
350(function_epilogue,
673c2f63
JM
351 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
352function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
353registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
354called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
42776416 355same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
673c2f63
JM
356registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
357@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
358\n\
359On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
360of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
361instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
362@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
363\n\
364Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
365@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
366switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
367define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
368target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
369condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
370\n\
371On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
372function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
373two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
374is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
375@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
376a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
377\n\
378Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
379@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
380The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
381function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
382\n\
383On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
384others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
385given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
386number of arguments.\n\
387\n\
388@findex pops_args\n\
389@findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
390Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
391functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
392needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
393function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
394@code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
42776416 395 void, (FILE *file),
38f8b050
JR
396 default_function_pro_epilogue)
397
398/* Initialize target-specific sections. */
399DEFHOOK
400(init_sections,
673c2f63
JM
401 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
402@file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
403of its own that you need to create.\n\
404\n\
405GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
406any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
407described below.",
38f8b050
JR
408 void, (void),
409 hook_void_void)
410
411/* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
412 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
413 which this section is associated. */
414DEFHOOK
415(named_section,
673c2f63
JM
416 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
417should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
418of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
419is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
420this section is associated.",
38f8b050
JR
421 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
422 default_no_named_section)
423
0ee70cc0
AV
424/* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
425 declaration, using their numerical value. */
426DEFHOOK
427(elf_flags_numeric,
428 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
429code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
430@code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
431emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
432numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
759a6472
AV
433@var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
434normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
435returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
436is emitted.",
0ee70cc0 437 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
bf072854 438 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
0ee70cc0 439
f16d3f39
JH
440/* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
441 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
442 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
443 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
444 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
445 (from static destructors).
446 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
447DEFHOOK
448(function_section,
673c2f63
JM
449 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
450Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
451functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
452at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
453@var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
454(from static destructors).\n\
455Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
f16d3f39
JH
456 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
457 default_function_section)
458
14d11d40
IS
459/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
460DEFHOOK
461(function_switched_text_sections,
462 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
463 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
464 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
465 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
466 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
467 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
468 default_function_switched_text_sections)
469
38f8b050
JR
470/* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
471 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
472 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
473 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
474DEFHOOK
475(reloc_rw_mask,
673c2f63
JM
476 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
477selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
478should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
479local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
480\n\
481The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
482is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
483when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
484in read-only sections even in executables.",
38f8b050
JR
485 int, (void),
486 default_reloc_rw_mask)
487
af1682fc
AS
488 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
489 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE. */
490DEFHOOK
491(generate_pic_addr_diff_vec,
492"Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
493or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
494\n\
495The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
496equals true and false otherwise",
497 bool, (void),
498 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec)
499
38f8b050
JR
500 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
501 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
502 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
503 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
504DEFHOOK
505(select_section,
673c2f63
JM
506 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
507assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
508some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
509requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
510local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
511@var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
512\n\
513The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
514variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
515\n\
516See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
38f8b050
JR
517 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
518 default_select_section)
519
520/* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
521 alignment in bits. */
522DEFHOOK
523(select_rtx_section,
673c2f63
JM
524 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
525should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
526constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
527case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
528in bits.\n\
529\n\
530The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
531constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
532else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
ef4bddc2 533 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
38f8b050
JR
534 default_select_rtx_section)
535
536/* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
537 for SELECT_SECTION. */
538DEFHOOK
539(unique_section,
673c2f63
JM
540 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
541and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
542As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
543the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
544\n\
545The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
546ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
547example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
548Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
38f8b050
JR
549 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
550 default_unique_section)
551
552/* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
553DEFHOOK
554(function_rodata_section,
673c2f63
JM
555 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
556@samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
557The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
558the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
559if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
560otherwise.",
38f8b050
JR
561 section *, (tree decl),
562 default_function_rodata_section)
563
727a65e6
BS
564/* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
565 for mergeable data sections. */
566DEFHOOKPOD
567(mergeable_rodata_prefix,
568 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
569section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
570the string if a different section name should be used.",
571 const char *, ".rodata")
572
50b0b78a
IS
573/* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
574DEFHOOK
575(tm_clone_table_section,
576 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
577 tables.",
578 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
579
38f8b050
JR
580/* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
581DEFHOOK
582(constructor,
673c2f63
JM
583 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
584the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
585\n\
586Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
587no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
588priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
589otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
590\n\
591If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
592be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
593target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
594is not defined.",
38f8b050
JR
595 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
596
597/* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
598DEFHOOK
599(destructor,
673c2f63
JM
600 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
601functions rather than initialization functions.",
38f8b050
JR
602 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
603
604/* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
605 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
606 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
607 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
608 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
609DEFHOOK
610(output_mi_thunk,
673c2f63
JM
611 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
612function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
613inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
614adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
615the real function.\n\
616\n\
617First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
618contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
619contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
620in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
621e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
622all other incoming arguments.\n\
623\n\
624Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
625made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
626adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
627\n\
628@smallexample\n\
629p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
630@end smallexample\n\
631\n\
632After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
633@code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
634not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
635return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
636\n\
637The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
638the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
639of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
640and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
641\n\
642The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
643have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
644some targets, but probably not.\n\
645\n\
646If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
647front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
648@var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
649not support varargs.",
38f8b050
JR
650 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
651 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
652 NULL)
653
654/* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
655/* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
656 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
657 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
658 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
659 text to the output file. */
660DEFHOOK
661(can_output_mi_thunk,
673c2f63
JM
662 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
663to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
664arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
665generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
666previously exposed.",
38f8b050
JR
667 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
668 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
669 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
670
671/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
672 translation unit. */
673DEFHOOK
674(file_start,
673c2f63
JM
675 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
676find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
677by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
678quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
679@code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
680lets other target files rely on these variables.",
38f8b050
JR
681 void, (void),
682 default_file_start)
683
684/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
685DEFHOOK
686(file_end,
673c2f63
JM
687 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
688to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
689 void, (void),
690 hook_void_void)
691
692/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
693 LTO output stream. */
694DEFHOOK
695(lto_start,
673c2f63
JM
696 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
697to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
698nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
699 void, (void),
700 hook_void_void)
701
702/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
703 LTO output stream. */
704DEFHOOK
705(lto_end,
673c2f63
JM
706 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
707to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
708nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
709 void, (void),
710 hook_void_void)
711
712/* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
713 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
714DEFHOOK
715(code_end,
673c2f63
JM
716 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
717unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
718here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
719because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
720nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
721 void, (void),
722 hook_void_void)
723
724/* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
725 external. */
726DEFHOOK
727(external_libcall,
673c2f63
JM
728 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
729pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
730library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
38f8b050
JR
731 void, (rtx symref),
732 default_external_libcall)
733
734/* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
735 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
736DEFHOOK
737(mark_decl_preserved,
673c2f63
JM
738 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
739directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
740.no_dead_code_strip directive.",
38f8b050
JR
741 void, (const char *symbol),
742 hook_void_constcharptr)
743
744/* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
745DEFHOOK
746(record_gcc_switches,
673c2f63
JM
747 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
748switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
749enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
750It can take the following values:\n\
751\n\
752@table @gcctabopt\n\
753@item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
754@var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
755\n\
756@item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
757@var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
758direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
759default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
760command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
761various different individual optimization passes.\n\
762\n\
763@item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
764@var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
765ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
766target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
767time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
768warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
769wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
770necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
771perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
772switches.\n\
773\n\
774@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
775This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
776\n\
777@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
778This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
779@end table\n\
780\n\
781The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
782supported in the future.\n\
783\n\
784By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
785provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
786it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
787section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
788provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
789hook.",
38f8b050
JR
790 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
791 NULL)
792
793/* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
794 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
795 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
796 this information. */
797DEFHOOKPOD
798(record_gcc_switches_section,
673c2f63
JM
799 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
800ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
801hook.",
38f8b050
JR
802 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
803
804/* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
805DEFHOOK
806(output_anchor,
673c2f63
JM
807 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
808@code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
809The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
810of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
811\n\
812If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
813it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
814If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
815is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
38f8b050
JR
816 void, (rtx x),
817 default_asm_output_anchor)
818
a8781821
SB
819DEFHOOK
820(output_ident,
821 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
822 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
823 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
824 directive.",
825 void, (const char *name),
826 hook_void_constcharptr)
827
38f8b050
JR
828/* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
829DEFHOOK
830(output_dwarf_dtprel,
673c2f63
JM
831 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
832reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
38f8b050
JR
833 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
834 NULL)
835
836/* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
837DEFHOOK
838(final_postscan_insn,
673c2f63
JM
839 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
840output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
841if necessary.\n\
842\n\
843Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
844extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
845elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
846The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
847template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
848by checking the contents of the vector.",
ac44248e 849 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
38f8b050
JR
850 NULL)
851
852/* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
853DEFHOOK
854(trampoline_template,
673c2f63
JM
855 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
856on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
857the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
858label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
859\n\
860If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
861for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
862code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
863to generate it on the spot.",
38f8b050
JR
864 void, (FILE *f),
865 NULL)
866
b5f5d41d
AS
867DEFHOOK
868(output_source_filename,
180295ed
JW
869 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\
870 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
b5f5d41d
AS
871 \n\
872 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
873 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
874 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
875 default_asm_output_source_filename)
876
6cbd8875
AS
877DEFHOOK
878(output_addr_const_extra,
673c2f63
JM
879 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
880can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
881the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
882@code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
883\n\
884If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
885so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
886itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
887return @code{true}.",
6cbd8875 888 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
e1267133 889 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
6cbd8875 890
38f8b050
JR
891/* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
892 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
893 initializers. */
894#undef HOOK_PREFIX
895#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
896
897/* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
4d00d5dd
JR
898/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
899 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
38f8b050
JR
900DEFHOOK_UNDOC
901(print_operand,
902 "",
903 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
904 default_print_operand)
905
906/* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
4d00d5dd
JR
907/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
908 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
38f8b050
JR
909DEFHOOK_UNDOC
910(print_operand_address,
911 "",
cc8ca59e 912 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
38f8b050
JR
913 default_print_operand_address)
914
915/* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
916 `print_operand' hook. */
4d00d5dd
JR
917/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
918 not this hook. */
38f8b050
JR
919DEFHOOK_UNDOC
920(print_operand_punct_valid_p,
921 "",
922 bool ,(unsigned char code),
923 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
924
77754180
DK
925/* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
926 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
927DEFHOOK
928(mangle_assembler_name,
929 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
930 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
931 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
932 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
933 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
934 tree, (const char *name),
935 default_mangle_assembler_name)
936
38f8b050
JR
937HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
938
939/* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
940 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
941#undef HOOK_PREFIX
942#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
943HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
944
945/* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
946 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
947 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
948DEFHOOK
949(adjust_cost,
673c2f63 950 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
b505225b
TS
951relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
952dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
953value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
954used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
955description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
956as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
673c2f63
JM
957description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
958output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
959times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
960acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
961@pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
b505225b
TS
962 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
963 unsigned int dw),
964 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
965
966/* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
967DEFHOOK
968(adjust_priority,
673c2f63
JM
969 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
970@var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
971execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
972later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
973scheduling priorities of insns.",
ac44248e 974 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
975
976/* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
977 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
978 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
979DEFHOOK
980(issue_rate,
673c2f63
JM
981 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
982issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
983Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
984an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
985constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
986hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
987This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
988it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
989@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
38f8b050
JR
990 int, (void), NULL)
991
992/* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
993 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
994DEFHOOK
995(variable_issue,
673c2f63
JM
996 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
997from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
998still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
999@samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1000@code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1001You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1002than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1003@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1004debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1005@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1006was scheduled.",
ac44248e 1007 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1008
1009/* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1010DEFHOOK
1011(init,
673c2f63
JM
1012 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1013instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1014pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1015is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1016@var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1017region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1018scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
38f8b050
JR
1019 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1020
1021/* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1022DEFHOOK
1023(finish,
673c2f63
JM
1024 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1025instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1026cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1027is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1028to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1029@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
38f8b050
JR
1030 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1031
1032 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1033DEFHOOK
1034(init_global,
673c2f63
JM
1035 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1036@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1037@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1038@var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
38f8b050
JR
1039 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1040
1041/* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1042DEFHOOK
1043(finish_global,
673c2f63
JM
1044 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1045@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1046@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
38f8b050
JR
1047 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1048
1049/* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1050 places. Default does nothing. */
1051DEFHOOK
1052(reorder,
673c2f63
JM
1053 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1054list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1055combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1056@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1057debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1058@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1059list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1060a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1061reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1062@var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1063is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1064the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1065can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1066@samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
ce1ce33a 1067 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1068
1069DEFHOOK
1070(reorder2,
673c2f63
JM
1071 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1072function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1073is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1074@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1075return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1076this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1077scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1078cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
ce1ce33a 1079 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
38f8b050 1080
0dc41f28
WM
1081DEFHOOK
1082(macro_fusion_p,
1083 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1084 bool, (void), NULL)
1085
1086DEFHOOK
1087(macro_fusion_pair_p,
892d9879
KT
1088 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1089a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1090(@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1091group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1092two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1093validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1094 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
0dc41f28 1095
38f8b050
JR
1096/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1097 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1098 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1099DEFHOOK
1100(dependencies_evaluation_hook,
673c2f63
JM
1101 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1102chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1103correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1104example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1105analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1106dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1107calculated.",
ce1ce33a 1108 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1109
1110/* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1111 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1112 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1113 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1114 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1115 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1116 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1117 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1118 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1119
1120DEFHOOK
1121(init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
673c2f63 1122 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
38f8b050
JR
1123 void, (void), NULL)
1124
1125DEFHOOK
1126(dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1127 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1128pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1129when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1130simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1131processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1132based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1133when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
38f8b050
JR
1134 rtx, (void), NULL)
1135
1136DEFHOOK
1137(init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1138 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1139used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
38f8b050
JR
1140 void, (void), NULL)
1141
1142DEFHOOK
1143(dfa_post_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1144 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1145to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1146simulated processor cycle finishes.",
ac44248e 1147 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1148
1149/* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1150 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1151 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1152 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1153
1154DEFHOOK
1155(dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1156 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1157The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1158to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1159state on a single insn is not enough.",
38f8b050
JR
1160 void, (void), NULL)
1161
1162DEFHOOK
1163(dfa_post_advance_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1164 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1165The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1166to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1167state on a single insn is not enough.",
38f8b050
JR
1168 void, (void), NULL)
1169
1170/* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1171 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1172 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1173 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1174 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1175 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1176 insns on the same cycle. */
1177DEFHOOK
1178(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
673c2f63
JM
1179 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1180for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1181chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1182value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1183@samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1184subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1185maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1186@acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1187packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1188rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1189\n\
1190This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1191processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1192with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1193@var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1194@var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1195processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1196@var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1197until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1198the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1199\n\
1200Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1201pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1202schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1203\n\
1204The default is no multipass scheduling.",
38f8b050
JR
1205 int, (void), NULL)
1206
1207/* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1208 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1209 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1210 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1211DEFHOOK
1212(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
673c2f63
JM
1213 "\n\
1214This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1215considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
4960a0cb
MK
1216zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1217Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1218the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1219Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1220number of cycles.\n\
1221Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1222instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1223to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
673c2f63
JM
1224\n\
1225The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
ac44248e 1226 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
38f8b050 1227
894fd6f2
MK
1228/* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1229 scheduling.
1230 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1231 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1232 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1233 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1234 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1235 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1236 scheduling on current cycle. */
1237DEFHOOK
1238(first_cycle_multipass_begin,
673c2f63
JM
1239 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1240scheduling.",
4960a0cb 1241 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
894fd6f2
MK
1242 NULL)
1243
1244/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1245 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1246 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1247 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1248 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
073a8998 1249 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
894fd6f2
MK
1250 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1251 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1252 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
073a8998 1253 to a state before issuing INSN. */
894fd6f2
MK
1254DEFHOOK
1255(first_cycle_multipass_issue,
673c2f63 1256 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
ac44248e 1257 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
894fd6f2
MK
1258 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1259
1260/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1261 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1262 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1263 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1264 described in DFA.
1265 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1266 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
073a8998 1267 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
894fd6f2
MK
1268 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1269DEFHOOK
1270(first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
673c2f63
JM
1271 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1272an instruction.",
4960a0cb 1273 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
894fd6f2
MK
1274
1275/* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1276 round of multipass scheduling.
1277 DATA is a pointer.
1278 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1279 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1280 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1281 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1282 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1283DEFHOOK
1284(first_cycle_multipass_end,
673c2f63
JM
1285 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1286round of multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1287 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1288
1289/* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1290 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1291 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1292 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1293 described in DFA. */
1294DEFHOOK
1295(first_cycle_multipass_init,
673c2f63 1296 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1297 void, (void *data), NULL)
1298
1299/* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1300 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1301 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1302 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1303 described in DFA. */
1304DEFHOOK
1305(first_cycle_multipass_fini,
673c2f63 1306 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1307 void, (void *data), NULL)
1308
38f8b050
JR
1309/* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1310 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1311 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1312 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1313 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1314 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1315 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1316 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1317 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1318 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1319 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
c06bbdf7 1320DEFHOOK
38f8b050 1321(dfa_new_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1322 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1323on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1324@var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1325the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1326is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1327start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1328verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1329@var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1330processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1331and the current processor cycle.",
ac44248e 1332 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
c06bbdf7 1333 int clock, int *sort_p),
38f8b050
JR
1334 NULL)
1335
1336/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1337 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1338 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1339 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1340 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1341 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1342 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1343 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1344 second insn (second parameter). */
1345DEFHOOK
1346(is_costly_dependence,
673c2f63
JM
1347 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1348the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1349are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1350to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1351being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1352dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1353parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1354The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1355insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1356and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1357\n\
1358Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1359where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1360delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1361that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1362important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1363closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1364not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
38f8b050
JR
1365 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1366
38f8b050
JR
1367/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1368 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1369 that new instructions were emitted. */
1370DEFHOOK
1371(h_i_d_extended,
673c2f63
JM
1372 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1373the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1374per instruction data structures.",
38f8b050
JR
1375 void, (void), NULL)
1376
1377/* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1378
1379/* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1380DEFHOOK
1381(alloc_sched_context,
673c2f63 1382 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
38f8b050
JR
1383 void *, (void), NULL)
1384
1385/* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1386DEFHOOK
1387(init_sched_context,
673c2f63
JM
1388 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1389It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1390beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1391 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1392
1393/* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1394DEFHOOK
1395(set_sched_context,
673c2f63 1396 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
38f8b050
JR
1397 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1398
1399/* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1400DEFHOOK
1401(clear_sched_context,
673c2f63 1402 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1403 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1404
1405/* Frees the scheduler context. */
1406DEFHOOK
1407(free_sched_context,
673c2f63 1408 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1409 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1410
1411/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1412 by the insn scheduler.
1413 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1414 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1415 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1416 It should return
1417 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1418 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1419 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1420 generated one. */
1421DEFHOOK
1422(speculate_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1423 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1424speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1425The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1426version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1427pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1428or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1429speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1430the generated speculative pattern.",
ac44248e 1431 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1432
1433/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1434 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1435 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1436DEFHOOK
1437(needs_block_p,
673c2f63
JM
1438 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1439for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1440instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
8e90de43 1441 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1442
1443/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1444 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1445 instruction.
1446 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1447 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
8e90de43
SB
1448 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1449 is being performed. */
38f8b050
JR
1450DEFHOOK
1451(gen_spec_check,
673c2f63
JM
1452 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1453check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1454speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1455@var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1456be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1457recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1458a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1459@var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
ac44248e 1460 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
38f8b050 1461
38f8b050
JR
1462/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1463 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1464 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1465DEFHOOK
1466(set_sched_flags,
673c2f63
JM
1467 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1468enabled/used.\n\
1469The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1470The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
38f8b050
JR
1471 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1472
1473DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1474(get_insn_spec_ds,
1475 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
ac44248e 1476 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1477
1478DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1479(get_insn_checked_ds,
1480 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
ac44248e 1481 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
38f8b050 1482
176274c9
SB
1483DEFHOOK
1484(can_speculate_insn,
1485 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1486 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1487 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1488 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1489 should not be speculated.",
1490 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1491
38f8b050
JR
1492DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1493(skip_rtx_p,
1494 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1495 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1496 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1497
1498/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1499 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1500 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1501 to ddg variable. */
1502DEFHOOK
1503(sms_res_mii,
673c2f63
JM
1504 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1505resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1506the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1507backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1508bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1509of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
38f8b050
JR
1510 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1511
7942e47e
RY
1512/* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1513 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1514 parameters. */
1515DEFHOOK
1516(dispatch_do,
673c2f63
JM
1517"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1518in its second parameter.",
ac44248e
DM
1519void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1520hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
7942e47e 1521
700d4cb0 1522/* The following member value is a function that returns true is
7942e47e
RY
1523 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1524 as the second parameter is true. */
1525DEFHOOK
1526(dispatch,
673c2f63
JM
1527"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1528is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
ac44248e
DM
1529bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1530hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
7942e47e 1531
b0bd15f7
BS
1532DEFHOOKPOD
1533(exposed_pipeline,
1534"True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1535the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1536also the latencies of operations.",
1537bool, false)
1538
df7b0cc4
EI
1539/* The following member value is a function that returns number
1540 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1541 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1542DEFHOOK
1543(reassociation_width,
1544"This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1545parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
ef4bddc2 1546int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
df7b0cc4
EI
1547hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1548
b16abbcb
BC
1549/* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1550 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1551DEFHOOK
1552(fusion_priority,
1553"This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1554priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1555are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1556\n\
1557@var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1558@var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1559@var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1560fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1561@var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1562should be calculated and returned.\n\
1563\n\
1564Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1565be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1566instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1567sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1568scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1569should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1570false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1571scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1572instructions.\n\
1573\n\
1574Given below example:\n\
1575\n\
51be4977 1576@smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1577 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1578 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1579 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1580 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1581 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1582 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1583 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1584 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
51be4977 1585@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1586\n\
1587On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1588merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1589loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1590this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1591instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1592\n\
51be4977
BC
1593@smallexample\n\
1594 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1595 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1596 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1597 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1598 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1599 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1600 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1601 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1602@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1603\n\
1604Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1605to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1606pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1607\n\
51be4977 1608@smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1609 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1610 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1611 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1612 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1613 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1614 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1615 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1616 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
51be4977 1617@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1618\n\
1619Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1620\n\
1621Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1622work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1623\n\
1624This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1625the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1626void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1627
38f8b050
JR
1628HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1629
e76c7157 1630/* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
0136f8f0
AH
1631#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1632#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1633HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1634
1635DEFHOOK
1636(compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1637"This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1638fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1639@var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1640The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1641or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1642int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1643
1644DEFHOOK
1645(adjust,
1646"This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1647to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1648void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1649
1650DEFHOOK
1651(usable,
1652"This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1653in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1654usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1655to use it.",
1656int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1657
1658HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1659
5012919d
AM
1660/* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1661#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1662#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1663HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1664
1665DEFHOOK
1666(vf,
1667"Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1668int, (void), NULL)
1669
1670HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1671
9ba66bf5
JJ
1672/* Functions relating to OpenMP. */
1673#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1674#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OMP_"
1675HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OMP, omp)
1676
1677DEFHOOK
1678(device_kind_arch_isa,
1679"Return 1 if @var{trait} @var{name} is present in the OpenMP context's\n\
1680device trait set, return 0 if not present in any OpenMP context in the\n\
1681whole translation unit, or -1 if not present in the current OpenMP context\n\
1682but might be present in another OpenMP context in the same TU.",
1683int, (enum omp_device_kind_arch_isa trait, const char *name), NULL)
1684
1685HOOK_VECTOR_END (omp)
1686
94829f87
NS
1687/* Functions relating to openacc. */
1688#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1689#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1690HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1691
1692DEFHOOK
1693(validate_dims,
1694"This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1695compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
b6adbb9f 1696and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
700d4cb0 1697function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine it is the\n\
b6adbb9f
NS
1698outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1699should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1700are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1701Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
94829f87
NS
1702true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1703provide dimensions larger than 1.",
46dedae6 1704bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level, unsigned used),
94829f87
NS
1705default_goacc_validate_dims)
1706
bd751975
NS
1707DEFHOOK
1708(dim_limit,
1709"This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1710or zero if unbounded.",
1711int, (int axis),
1712default_goacc_dim_limit)
1713
6e91acf8
NS
1714DEFHOOK
1715(fork_join,
9bd46bc9
NS
1716"This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1717function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1718should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1719It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1720return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1721gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1722The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
6e91acf8
NS
1723bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1724default_goacc_fork_join)
1725
e5014671
NS
1726DEFHOOK
1727(reduction,
1728"This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1729@var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1730instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1731the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1732expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1733for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1734void, (gcall *call),
1735default_goacc_reduction)
1736
94829f87
NS
1737HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1738
38f8b050
JR
1739/* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1740#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1741#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1742HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1743
1744/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1745 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1746 function. */
1747DEFHOOK
1748(builtin_mask_for_load,
673c2f63
JM
1749 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1750address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1751used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1752@var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1753\n\
1754The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1755@var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1756the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1757@code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1758two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1759@var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1760the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1761from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1762@var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1763@var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1764@var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1765\n\
1766If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1767to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1768use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1769@code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1770should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1771described above.\n\
1772If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1773the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1774log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
38f8b050
JR
1775 tree, (void), NULL)
1776
10766209
RS
1777/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1778 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
38f8b050
JR
1779DEFHOOK
1780(builtin_vectorized_function,
673c2f63 1781 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
10766209 1782vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
673c2f63 1783@var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
10766209
RS
1784The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1785@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1786 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1787 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1788
1789/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1790 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1791DEFHOOK
1792(builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1793 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1794vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
673c2f63
JM
1795return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1796@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
38f8b050 1797 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
10766209 1798 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
38f8b050 1799
720f5239
IR
1800/* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1801 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1802 on the data type and misalignment value. */
38f8b050
JR
1803DEFHOOK
1804(builtin_vectorization_cost,
673c2f63
JM
1805 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1806For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1807misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
720f5239 1808 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
38f8b050
JR
1809 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1810
f702e7d4
RS
1811DEFHOOK
1812(preferred_vector_alignment,
1813 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1814vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1815or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1816@code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1817a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1818for alignment.\n\
1819\n\
1820The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1821correct for most targets.",
ca31798e 1822 poly_uint64, (const_tree type),
f702e7d4
RS
1823 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1824
38f8b050 1825/* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
c2873892 1826 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
38f8b050
JR
1827DEFHOOK
1828(vector_alignment_reachable,
c2873892 1829 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
38f8b050
JR
1830 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1831 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1832
38f8b050 1833DEFHOOK
f151c9e1
RS
1834(vec_perm_const,
1835 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1836vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\
1837also to emit such a permutation. In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\
1838and @var{out} are all null. In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\
1839the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\
1840registers of mode @var{mode}. @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\
1841@var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\
1842\n\
1843Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1844if rtxes are provided.\n\
1845\n\
1846@cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1847If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1848try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1849the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1850instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1851implementation approaches itself.",
1852 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1853 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
22e4dee7 1854 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1855
1856/* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1857 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1858 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1859DEFHOOK
1860(support_vector_misalignment,
673c2f63
JM
1861 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1862store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1863parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1864the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1865parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
38f8b050 1866 bool,
ef4bddc2 1867 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
38f8b050
JR
1868 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1869
cc4b5170
RG
1870/* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1871 scalar mode. */
26983c22 1872DEFHOOK
cc4b5170 1873(preferred_simd_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1874 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1875mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1876equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1877transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
ef4bddc2 1878 machine_mode,
005ba29c 1879 (scalar_mode mode),
cc4b5170 1880 default_preferred_simd_mode)
26983c22 1881
c803b2a9
RB
1882/* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */
1883DEFHOOK
1884(split_reduction,
1885 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1886step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1887against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1888reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1889 machine_mode,
1890 (machine_mode),
1891 default_split_reduction)
1892
767f865f
RG
1893/* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1894 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1895DEFHOOK
e021fb86
RS
1896(autovectorize_vector_modes,
1897 "If using the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}\n\
1898is not the only approach worth considering, this hook should add one mode to\n\
1899@var{modes} for each useful alternative approach. These modes are then\n\
1900passed to @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE} to obtain the vector mode\n\
1901for a given element mode.\n\
1902\n\
1903The modes returned in @var{modes} should use the smallest element mode\n\
1904possible for the vectorization approach that they represent, preferring\n\
1905integer modes over floating-poing modes in the event of a tie. The first\n\
1906mode should be the @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} for its\n\
1907element mode.\n\
1908\n\
1909If @var{all} is true, add suitable vector modes even when they are generally\n\
f63445e5 1910not expected to be worthwhile.\n\
86e36728 1911\n\
bcc7e346
RS
1912The hook returns a bitmask of flags that control how the modes in\n\
1913@var{modes} are used. The flags are:\n\
1914@table @code\n\
1915@item VECT_COMPARE_COSTS\n\
1916Tells the loop vectorizer to try all the provided modes and pick the one\n\
1917with the lowest cost. By default the vectorizer will choose the first\n\
1918mode that works.\n\
1919@end table\n\
1920\n\
86e36728
RS
1921The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1922@code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
bcc7e346
RS
1923for autovectorization. The default implementation adds no modes and\n\
1924returns 0.",
1925 unsigned int,
e021fb86
RS
1926 (vector_modes *modes, bool all),
1927 default_autovectorize_vector_modes)
767f865f 1928
f0955233
RS
1929DEFHOOK
1930(related_mode,
1931 "If a piece of code is using vector mode @var{vector_mode} and also wants\n\
1932to operate on elements of mode @var{element_mode}, return the vector mode\n\
1933it should use for those elements. If @var{nunits} is nonzero, ensure that\n\
1934the mode has exactly @var{nunits} elements, otherwise pick whichever vector\n\
1935size pairs the most naturally with @var{vector_mode}. Return an empty\n\
1936@code{opt_machine_mode} if there is no supported vector mode with the\n\
1937required properties.\n\
1938\n\
1939There is no prescribed way of handling the case in which @var{nunits}\n\
1940is zero. One common choice is to pick a vector mode with the same size\n\
1941as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice if the target has a\n\
1942fixed vector size. Another option is to choose a vector mode with the\n\
1943same number of elements as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice\n\
1944if the target has a fixed number of elements. Alternatively, the hook\n\
1945might choose a middle ground, such as trying to keep the number of\n\
1946elements as similar as possible while applying maximum and minimum\n\
1947vector sizes.\n\
1948\n\
1949The default implementation uses @code{mode_for_vector} to find the\n\
1950requested mode, returning a mode with the same size as @var{vector_mode}\n\
1951when @var{nunits} is zero. This is the correct behavior for most targets.",
1952 opt_machine_mode,
1953 (machine_mode vector_mode, scalar_mode element_mode, poly_uint64 nunits),
1954 default_vectorize_related_mode)
1955
9f47c7e5
IE
1956/* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1957DEFHOOK
1958(get_mask_mode,
10116ec1
RS
1959 "Return the mode to use for a vector mask that holds one boolean\n\
1960result for each element of vector mode @var{mode}. The returned mask mode\n\
1961can be a vector of integers (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT}), a vector of\n\
1962booleans (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_BOOL}) or a scalar integer (class\n\
1963@code{MODE_INT}). Return an empty @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such\n\
1964mask mode exists.\n\
1965\n\
1966The default implementation returns a @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT} with the\n\
1967same size and number of elements as @var{mode}, if such a mode exists.",
3981fbb6 1968 opt_machine_mode,
10116ec1 1969 (machine_mode mode),
9f47c7e5
IE
1970 default_get_mask_mode)
1971
76a34e3f
RS
1972/* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
1973 mask is all zeros. */
1974DEFHOOK
1975(empty_mask_is_expensive,
1976 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
1977type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
1978all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
1979 bool,
1980 (unsigned ifn),
1981 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
1982
aec7ae7d
JJ
1983/* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1984DEFHOOK
1985(builtin_gather,
673c2f63
JM
1986 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1987is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1988the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1989The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1990loads.",
aec7ae7d
JJ
1991 tree,
1992 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1993 NULL)
1994
3bab6342
AT
1995/* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1996DEFHOOK
1997(builtin_scatter,
1998"Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1999is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2000the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2001The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
2002stores.",
2003 tree,
2004 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2005 NULL)
2006
c3e7ee41
BS
2007/* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
2008DEFHOOK
2009(init_cost,
2010 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
2011 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
92345349
BS
2012 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
2013 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
2014 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
2015 "is being vectorized.",
c3e7ee41 2016 void *,
99b1c316 2017 (class loop *loop_info),
c3e7ee41
BS
2018 default_init_cost)
2019
2020/* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
92345349
BS
2021 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
2022 block. */
c3e7ee41
BS
2023DEFHOOK
2024(add_stmt_cost,
2025 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
92345349
BS
2026 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
2027 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
2028 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
2029 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
2030 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
2031 "revised.",
c3e7ee41 2032 unsigned,
308bc496 2033 (class vec_info *, void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
78db0e09 2034 class _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, tree vectype, int misalign,
92345349 2035 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
c3e7ee41
BS
2036 default_add_stmt_cost)
2037
2038/* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
2039 loop or block. */
2040DEFHOOK
2041(finish_cost,
2042 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
92345349
BS
2043 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
2044 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
2045 "the three accumulators.",
2046 void,
2047 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
2048 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
c3e7ee41
BS
2049 default_finish_cost)
2050
2051/* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
2052DEFHOOK
2053(destroy_cost_data,
2054 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
2055 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
2056 "accumulator.",
2057 void,
2058 (void *data),
2059 default_destroy_cost_data)
2060
38f8b050
JR
2061HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2062
2063#undef HOOK_PREFIX
2064#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2065
6a86928d
RS
2066DEFHOOK
2067(preferred_else_value,
2068 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\
2069to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\
2070@code{internal_fn}). @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\
2071function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\
2072of which there are @var{nops}.\n\
2073\n\
2074For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\
2075a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\
2076and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\
2077\n\
2078This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\
2079like @code{cond_add@var{m}}. The default implementation returns a zero\n\
2080constant of type @var{type}.",
2081 tree,
2082 (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops),
2083 default_preferred_else_value)
2084
ec6fe917
IV
2085DEFHOOK
2086(record_offload_symbol,
2087 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2088sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2089recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2090 void, (tree),
2091 hook_void_tree)
2092
6d2b7199
BS
2093DEFHOOKPOD
2094(absolute_biggest_alignment,
2095 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2096that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2097@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2098 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2099
38f8b050
JR
2100/* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2101 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2102 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2103DEFHOOK
2104(override_options_after_change,
673c2f63
JM
2105 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2106but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2107pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2108attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2109when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2110actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2111@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
38f8b050
JR
2112 void, (void),
2113 hook_void_void)
2114
c713ddc0
BS
2115DEFHOOK
2116(offload_options,
2117 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2118translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2119into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2120to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2121separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2122char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2123
38f8b050
JR
2124DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2125(eh_return_filter_mode,
2126 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
095a2d76 2127 scalar_int_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2128 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2129
2130/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2131DEFHOOK
2132(libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
673c2f63
JM
2133 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2134of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2135@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2136targets.",
095a2d76 2137 scalar_int_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2138 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2139
2140/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2141DEFHOOK
2142(libgcc_shift_count_mode,
673c2f63
JM
2143 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2144of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2145@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2146targets.",
095a2d76 2147 scalar_int_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2148 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2149
2150/* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2151DEFHOOK
2152(unwind_word_mode,
673c2f63
JM
2153 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2154The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
095a2d76 2155 scalar_int_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2156 default_unwind_word_mode)
2157
2158/* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2159DEFHOOK
2160(merge_decl_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2161 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2162handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2163@code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2164@var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2165when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2166attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2167call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2168\n\
2169@findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2170If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2171for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2172@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2173will then define a function called\n\
2174@code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2175the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2176add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2177to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2178@samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2179@file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
38f8b050
JR
2180 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2181 merge_decl_attributes)
2182
2183/* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2184DEFHOOK
2185(merge_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2186 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2187handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2188@code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2189that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2190function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2191merging.",
38f8b050
JR
2192 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2193 merge_type_attributes)
2194
2195/* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2196 Ignored if NULL. */
2197DEFHOOKPOD
2198(attribute_table,
673c2f63 2199 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
15ab4e1e 2200attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
673c2f63
JM
2201specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2202entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2203take.",
38f8b050
JR
2204 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2205
2206/* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2207 argument. */
2208DEFHOOK
2209(attribute_takes_identifier_p,
673c2f63
JM
2210 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2211machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2212given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2213subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2214false for all machine-specific attributes.",
38f8b050
JR
2215 bool, (const_tree name),
2216 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2217
2218/* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2219 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2220 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2221DEFHOOK
2222(comp_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2223 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2224@var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2225and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2226generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2227supposed always to be compatible.",
38f8b050
JR
2228 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2229 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2230
2231/* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2232DEFHOOK
2233(set_default_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2234 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2235the newly defined @var{type}.",
38f8b050
JR
2236 void, (tree type),
2237 hook_void_tree)
2238
2239/* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2240DEFHOOK
2241(insert_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2242 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2243when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2244wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2245the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2246created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2247for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2248shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2249the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2250attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2251needed.",
38f8b050
JR
2252 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2253 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2254
7a4418a5
JL
2255/* Perform additional target-specific processing of generic attributes. */
2256DEFHOOK
2257(handle_generic_attribute,
2258 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to perform additional\n\
2259target-specific processing of an attribute which is handled generically\n\
2260by a front end. The arguments are the same as those which are passed to\n\
2261attribute handlers. So far this only affects the @var{noinit} and\n\
2262@var{section} attribute.",
2263 tree, (tree *node, tree name, tree args, int flags, bool *no_add_attrs),
2264 hook_tree_treeptr_tree_tree_int_boolptr_null)
2265
38f8b050
JR
2266/* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2267 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2268DEFHOOK
2269(function_attribute_inlinable_p,
673c2f63 2270 "@cindex inlining\n\
5bd40ade 2271This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
673c2f63
JM
2272into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2273attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2274target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
38f8b050
JR
2275 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2276 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2277
2278/* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2279 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2280DEFHOOK
2281(ms_bitfield_layout_p,
673c2f63
JM
2282 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2283@var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2284Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2285unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2286different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2287alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2288bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2289the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2290(iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2291another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2292other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2293\n\
2294When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2295of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2296bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2297and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2298chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2299size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2300alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2301\n\
2302If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2303the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2304used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2305precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2306may affect its placement.",
38f8b050
JR
2307 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2308 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2309
2e681adf
JR
2310/* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2311 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2312 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2313DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2314(words_big_endian,
2315 "",
2316 bool, (void),
2317 targhook_words_big_endian)
2318
2319/* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2320DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2321(float_words_big_endian,
2322 "",
2323 bool, (void),
2324 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2325
9193fb05
JM
2326DEFHOOK
2327(float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2328 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2329 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2330 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2331 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2332 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2333 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2334 does not.",
2335 bool, (void),
2336 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2337
38f8b050
JR
2338/* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2339DEFHOOK
2340(decimal_float_supported_p,
673c2f63 2341 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
38f8b050
JR
2342 bool, (void),
2343 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2344
2345/* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2346DEFHOOK
2347(fixed_point_supported_p,
673c2f63 2348 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
38f8b050
JR
2349 bool, (void),
2350 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2351
2352/* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2353DEFHOOK
2354(align_anon_bitfield,
673c2f63
JM
2355 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2356whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2357structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2358the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
38f8b050
JR
2359 bool, (void),
2360 hook_bool_void_false)
2361
2362/* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2363 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2364DEFHOOK
2365(narrow_volatile_bitfield,
673c2f63
JM
2366 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2367should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2368these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2369\n\
7d0b9a9c 2370The default is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
2371 bool, (void),
2372 hook_bool_void_false)
2373
2374/* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2375DEFHOOK
2376(init_builtins,
673c2f63
JM
2377 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2378that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2379necessary setup.\n\
2380\n\
2381Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2382instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2383they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2384instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2385\n\
2386To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2387@code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2388which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2389up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2390only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2391@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
38f8b050
JR
2392 void, (void),
2393 hook_void_void)
2394
2395/* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2396 built-in function decl for CODE.
2397 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2398 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2399DEFHOOK
2400(builtin_decl,
673c2f63
JM
2401 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2402that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2403builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2404If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2405if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2406If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2407@code{error_mark_node}.",
38f8b050
JR
2408 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2409
2410/* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2411DEFHOOK
2412(expand_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2413 "\n\
2414Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2415@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2416function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2417convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2418@var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2419@var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2420ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2421built-in function.",
38f8b050 2422 rtx,
ef4bddc2 2423 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
38f8b050
JR
2424 default_expand_builtin)
2425
2426/* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2427 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2428 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2429 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2430 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
d66f5459 2431DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2432(resolve_overloaded_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2433 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2434was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2435@emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2436implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2437declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2438arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2439complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2440another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2441@var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
d66f5459 2442 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
38f8b050 2443
c6447c20
RS
2444DEFHOOK
2445(check_builtin_call,
2446 "Perform semantic checking on a call to a machine-specific built-in\n\
2447function after its arguments have been constrained to the function\n\
2448signature. Return true if the call is valid, otherwise report an error\n\
2449and return false.\n\
2450\n\
2451This hook is called after @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}.\n\
2452The call was originally to built-in function @var{orig_fndecl},\n\
2453but after the optional @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}\n\
2454step is now to built-in function @var{fndecl}. @var{loc} is the\n\
2455location of the call and @var{args} is an array of function arguments,\n\
2456of which there are @var{nargs}. @var{arg_loc} specifies the location\n\
2457of each argument.",
2458 bool, (location_t loc, vec<location_t> arg_loc, tree fndecl,
2459 tree orig_fndecl, unsigned int nargs, tree *args),
2460 NULL)
2461
ea679d55
JG
2462/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2463 and GENERIC. */
08914aaa 2464DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2465(fold_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2466 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2467@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2468built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2469the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2470The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2471containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2472@var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
08914aaa 2473 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
38f8b050
JR
2474 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2475
ea679d55
JG
2476/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2477DEFHOOK
2478(gimple_fold_builtin,
2479 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2480by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2481statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2482was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2483 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2484 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2485
3649b9b7
ST
2486/* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2487 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2488 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2489 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2490 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2491 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2492 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2493 and 0 if they are the same. */
2494DEFHOOK
2495(compare_version_priority,
673c2f63
JM
2496 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2497determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2498during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2499versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2500is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2501 the two function decls that will be compared.",
3649b9b7
ST
2502 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2503
2504/* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2505 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2506 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2507 must be generated. */
2508DEFHOOK
2509(generate_version_dispatcher_body,
673c2f63
JM
2510 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2511function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2512@var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2513body must be generated.",
3649b9b7
ST
2514 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2515
2516/* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2517 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2518 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2519 identical versions. */
2520DEFHOOK
2521(get_function_versions_dispatcher,
673c2f63
JM
2522 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2523versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2524version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2525identical versions.",
3649b9b7
ST
2526 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2527
38f8b050 2528/* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
ee62a5a6 2529 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
89356d17 2530DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2531(builtin_reciprocal,
ee62a5a6
RS
2532 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2533reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
7b90c63a 2534@code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
ee62a5a6 2535 tree, (tree fndecl),
38f8b050
JR
2536 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2537
2538/* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2539 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2540 NULL. */
2541DEFHOOK
2542(mangle_type,
673c2f63
JM
2543 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2544uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2545to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2546mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2547the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2548not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2549for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2550return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2551string constant.\n\
2552\n\
2553Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2554qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2555fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2556is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2557length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2558ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2559@var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2560@var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2561code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2562@code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2563codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2564spaces in your string.\n\
2565\n\
2566This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2567name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2568can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2569before mangling.\n\
2570\n\
2571The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2572appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2573types.",
38f8b050
JR
2574 const char *, (const_tree type),
2575 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2576
2577/* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2578DEFHOOK
2579(init_libfuncs,
673c2f63
JM
2580 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2581existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2582@code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2583@code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2584library routines.\n\
2585\n\
2586The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
38f8b050
JR
2587 void, (void),
2588 hook_void_void)
2589
cdbf4541
BS
2590 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2591DEFHOOKPOD
2592(libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2593 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2594underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2595instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2596currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2597is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2598@code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2599 bool, false)
2600
38f8b050
JR
2601/* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2602 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2603/* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2604DEFHOOK
2605(section_type_flags,
673c2f63
JM
2606 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2607based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2608declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2609null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2610\n\
2611The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2612read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2613need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2614set via @code{__attribute__}.",
38f8b050
JR
2615 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2616 default_section_type_flags)
2617
d33d9e47
AI
2618DEFHOOK
2619(libc_has_function,
2620 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
bae974e6
TV
2621@var{fn_class} is present in the target C library. If @var{type} is NULL,\n\
2622the caller asks for support for all standard (float, double, long double)\n\
2623types. If @var{type} is non-NULL, the caller asks for support for a\n\
2624specific type.",
2625 bool, (enum function_class fn_class, tree type),
d33d9e47
AI
2626 default_libc_has_function)
2627
db91c7cf
ML
2628DEFHOOK
2629(libc_has_fast_function,
2630 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
c53bb876 2631@code{(enum function_class)}@var{fcode} has a fast implementation.",
db91c7cf
ML
2632 bool, (int fcode),
2633 default_libc_has_fast_function)
2634
38f8b050
JR
2635/* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2636 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2637DEFHOOK
2638(cannot_modify_jumps_p,
673c2f63
JM
2639 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2640instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2641every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2642reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2643\n\
2644@smallexample\n\
2645static bool\n\
2646cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2647@{\n\
2648 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2649@}\n\
2650@end smallexample",
38f8b050
JR
2651 bool, (void),
2652 hook_bool_void_false)
2653
4b4de898
JR
2654/* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2655DEFHOOK
2656(can_follow_jump,
2657 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2658 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2659 false, if it can't.\
2660 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2661 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
c1ce59ab
DM
2662 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2663 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
4b4de898 2664
38f8b050
JR
2665/* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2666DEFHOOK
2667(have_conditional_execution,
673c2f63
JM
2668 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2669This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2670modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
38f8b050
JR
2671 bool, (void),
2672 default_have_conditional_execution)
2673
2e0f1341
ZC
2674DEFHOOK
2675(gen_ccmp_first,
5f3bc026 2676 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
c8012fbc
WD
2677 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2678 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2679 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2680 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
700d4cb0 2681 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
c8012fbc 2682 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
cb4347e8 2683 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2e0f1341
ZC
2684 NULL)
2685
2686DEFHOOK
2687(gen_ccmp_next,
c8012fbc
WD
2688 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2689 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2690 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2691 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2692 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2693 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2694 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2695 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2696 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2697 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2698 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2699 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
cb4347e8 2700 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2e0f1341
ZC
2701 NULL)
2702
38f8b050
JR
2703/* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2704DEFHOOK
2705(loop_unroll_adjust,
673c2f63
JM
2706 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2707should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2708the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2709the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2710is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2711number of memory accesses.",
99b1c316 2712 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, class loop *loop),
38f8b050
JR
2713 NULL)
2714
1a627b35
RS
2715/* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2716DEFHOOK
2717(legitimate_constant_p,
673c2f63
JM
2718 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2719@var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2720@var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2721\n\
2722The default definition returns true.",
ef4bddc2 2723 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
1a627b35
RS
2724 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2725
38f8b050
JR
2726/* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2727DEFHOOK
2728(cannot_force_const_mem,
673c2f63
JM
2729 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2730should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2731of @var{x}.\n\
2732\n\
2733The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2734\n\
2735The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2736deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2737from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2738holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2739of TLS symbols for various targets.",
ef4bddc2 2740 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
fbbf66e7 2741 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
38f8b050
JR
2742
2743DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2744(cannot_copy_insn_p,
2745 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
ac44248e 2746 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
2747
2748/* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2749DEFHOOK
2750(commutative_p,
673c2f63
JM
2751 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2752Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2753PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2754of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
38f8b050
JR
2755 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2756 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2757
2758/* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2759 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2760DEFHOOK
2761(mode_dependent_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
2762 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2763space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2764different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2765reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2766but not others.\n\
2767\n\
2768Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2769effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2770of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2771addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2772\n\
2773You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2774\n\
2775The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
5bfed9a9 2776 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
38f8b050
JR
2777 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2778
2779/* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2780 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2781DEFHOOK
2782(legitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
2783 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2784operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2785address.\n\
2786\n\
2787@findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2788@var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2789and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2790@var{x}.\n\
2791\n\
2792The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2793@var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2794should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2795\n\
2796It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2797with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2798The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2799the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2800is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2801a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2802strategy can generate better code.",
ef4bddc2 2803 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
2804 default_legitimize_address)
2805
2806/* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2807DEFHOOK
2808(delegitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
2809 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2810@code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2811macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2812references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2813addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2814the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2815into their original form.",
38f8b050
JR
2816 rtx, (rtx x),
2817 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2818
93bcc8c9
JJ
2819/* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2820 section. */
2821DEFHOOK
2822(const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
673c2f63
JM
2823 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2824debug sections.",
93bcc8c9 2825 bool, (rtx x),
6b10f174 2826 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
93bcc8c9 2827
38f8b050
JR
2828/* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2829DEFHOOK
2830(legitimate_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
2831 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2832address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2833\n\
2834Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2835non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2836desired by the caller.\n\
2837\n\
2838The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2839that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2840considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2841kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2842must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2843up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2844register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2845if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2846\n\
2847The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2848accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2849register is required.\n\
2850\n\
2851Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2852and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2853constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2854specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2855recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2856\n\
2857Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2858sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2859@code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2860naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2861be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2862\n\
2863@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2864On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2865the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2866target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2867into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2868@code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2869@code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2870Format}.\n\
2871\n\
2872@cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2873Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2874this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2875has this syntax:\n\
2876\n\
2877@example\n\
2878#define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2879@end example\n\
2880\n\
2881@noindent\n\
2882and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2883address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2884\n\
2885@findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2886Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2887macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2888@code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2889that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2890\n\
2891Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2892files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
ef4bddc2 2893 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
38f8b050
JR
2894 default_legitimate_address_p)
2895
2896/* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2897DEFHOOK
2898(use_blocks_for_constant_p,
673c2f63
JM
2899 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2900be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2901of @var{x}.\n\
2902\n\
2903The default version returns false for all constants.",
ef4bddc2 2904 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
38f8b050
JR
2905 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2906
361a58da
DE
2907/* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2908DEFHOOK
2909(use_blocks_for_decl_p,
673c2f63
JM
2910 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2911be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2912\n\
2913The default version returns true for all decls.",
361a58da
DE
2914 bool, (const_tree decl),
2915 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2916
38f8b050
JR
2917/* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2918DEFHOOKPOD
2919(min_anchor_offset,
673c2f63
JM
2920 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2921On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2922applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2923for every mode. The default value is 0.",
38f8b050
JR
2924 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2925
2926DEFHOOKPOD
2927(max_anchor_offset,
673c2f63
JM
2928 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2929offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2930value is 0.",
38f8b050
JR
2931 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2932
2933/* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2934DEFHOOK
2935(use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
673c2f63
JM
2936 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2937@var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2938@samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2939\n\
2940The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2941intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2942or target-specific sections.",
38f8b050
JR
2943 bool, (const_rtx x),
2944 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2945
2f251a05
AI
2946/* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2947DEFHOOK
2948(has_ifunc_p,
2949 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2950The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2951The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2952 bool, (void),
2953 default_has_ifunc_p)
2954
38f8b050
JR
2955/* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2956 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2957 this is an indirect call. */
2958DEFHOOK
2959(function_ok_for_sibcall,
5bd40ade 2960 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
673c2f63
JM
2961call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2962or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2963\n\
2964It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2965tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2966during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
67914693 2967as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\
673c2f63
JM
2968``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2969may vary greatly between different architectures.",
38f8b050
JR
2970 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2971 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2972
2973/* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2974 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2975 level, outside of any function scope. */
2976DEFHOOK
2977(set_current_function,
673c2f63
JM
2978 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2979context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2980the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2981per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2982attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2983The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2984and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2985and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2986The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2987\n\
2988GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2989some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2990situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2991or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2992@code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2993outside of any function scope.",
38f8b050
JR
2994 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2995
2996/* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2997DEFHOOK
2998(in_small_data_p,
673c2f63
JM
2999 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
3000The default version of this hook always returns false.",
38f8b050
JR
3001 bool, (const_tree exp),
3002 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
3003
3004/* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3005 to the current executable or shared library. */
3006DEFHOOK
3007(binds_local_p,
673c2f63
JM
3008 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3009rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3010or executable image).\n\
3011\n\
3012The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3013for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3014currently supported object file formats.",
38f8b050
JR
3015 bool, (const_tree exp),
3016 default_binds_local_p)
3017
3c5273a9
KT
3018/* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3019DEFHOOK
3020(profile_before_prologue,
3021 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3022The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3023@code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3024 bool, (void),
3025 default_profile_before_prologue)
3026
d56a43a0
AK
3027/* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3028 enabled. */
3029DEFHOOK
3030(keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3031 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3032 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
3033 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3034 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3035 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3036 bool, (void),
3037 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3038
38f8b050
JR
3039/* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3040 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3041 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3042 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3043DEFHOOK
3044(mangle_decl_assembler_name,
673c2f63
JM
3045 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3046by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3047the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3048or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3049hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3050your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3051returns the @var{id} provided.",
38f8b050
JR
3052 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3053 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3054
3055/* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3056 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3057DEFHOOK
3058(encode_section_info,
673c2f63
JM
3059 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3060treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3061function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3062\n\
3063The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3064@var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3065an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3066rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3067in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3068\n\
3069In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3070a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3071will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3072register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3073rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3074leave it alone.)\n\
3075\n\
3076The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3077that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3078be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3079declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3080declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3081@var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3082\n\
3083@cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3084The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3085@code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3086Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3087encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3088discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3089\n\
3090The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3091in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3092@code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3093before overriding it.",
38f8b050
JR
3094 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3095 default_encode_section_info)
3096
3097/* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3098DEFHOOK
3099(strip_name_encoding,
673c2f63
JM
3100 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3101the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3102may have added.",
38f8b050
JR
3103 const char *, (const char *name),
3104 default_strip_name_encoding)
3105
3106/* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3107 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3108DEFHOOK
3109(shift_truncation_mask,
673c2f63
JM
3110 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3111deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3112@xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3113\n\
3114On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3115shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3116equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3117this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3118otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3119particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3120\n\
3121Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3122@emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3123that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3124\n\
3125The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3126@code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3127and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3128@code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3129nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3130by overriding it.",
ef4bddc2 3131 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3132 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3133
3134/* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3135 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3136 the reciprocal. */
3137DEFHOOK
3138(min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
673c2f63
JM
3139 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3140divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3141the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3142that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3143of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3144has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
ef4bddc2 3145 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3146 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3147
bb149ca2
RS
3148DEFHOOK
3149(truly_noop_truncation,
3150 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3151@var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3152smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3153@var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
5abe0d81
RS
3154is correct for most machines. When @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION}\n\
3155returns false, the machine description should provide a @code{trunc}\n\
3156optab to specify the RTL that performs the required truncation.\n\
bb149ca2
RS
3157\n\
3158If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3159suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3160mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
37b2b8f9
RS
3161 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3162 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
bb149ca2 3163
38f8b050
JR
3164/* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3165 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3166 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3167/* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3168 necessarily defined at this point. */
3169DEFHOOK
3170(mode_rep_extended,
673c2f63
JM
3171 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3172are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3173@code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3174sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3175otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3176representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3177@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3178@code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3179@var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3180widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3181\n\
3182Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3183value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3184as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
0d803030 3185@code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
673c2f63
JM
3186\n\
3187Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3188describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3189@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3190to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3191extension.\n\
3192\n\
3193In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
bb149ca2 3194@code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
673c2f63 3195@code{mode}.",
095a2d76 3196 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
38f8b050
JR
3197 default_mode_rep_extended)
3198
82957a73
PB
3199 DEFHOOK
3200(setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p,
3201 "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\
3202 that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\
3203 @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\
3204 \n\
3205 This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\
3206 non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\
3207 live across @code{setjmp} calls. Define this to return true if the\n\
3208 target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\
3209 The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\
3210 spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.",
3211 bool, (void),
3212 hook_bool_void_false)
3213
38f8b050
JR
3214/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3215DEFHOOK
3216(valid_pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3217 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3218with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3219hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
095a2d76 3220 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3221 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3222
7352c013
RG
3223/* Disambiguate with errno. */
3224DEFHOOK
3225(ref_may_alias_errno,
3226 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3227 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3228 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3229 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3230 a pointer to int.",
99b1c316 3231 bool, (ao_ref *ref),
7352c013
RG
3232 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3233
38f8b050
JR
3234/* Support for named address spaces. */
3235#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3236#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3237HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3238
3239/* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3240DEFHOOK
3241(pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3242 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3243@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
0a798c16 3244The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
095a2d76 3245 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
38f8b050
JR
3246 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3247
3248/* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3249DEFHOOK
3250(address_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3251 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3252@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
0a798c16 3253The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
095a2d76 3254 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
38f8b050
JR
3255 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3256
3257/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3258 in another address space. */
3259DEFHOOK
3260(valid_pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3261 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3262with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3263hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3264except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3265version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3266@code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3267target hooks for the given address space.",
095a2d76 3268 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3269 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3270
3271/* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3272 space for a given mode. */
3273DEFHOOK
3274(legitimate_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
3275 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3276@var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3277parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3278finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3279@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3280explicit named address space support.",
ef4bddc2 3281 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3282 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3283
3284/* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3285 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3286 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3287DEFHOOK
3288(legitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
3289 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3290with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3291hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3292except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
ef4bddc2 3293 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3294 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3295
3296/* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3297DEFHOOK
3298(subset_p,
673c2f63
JM
3299 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3300contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3301a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3302will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3303arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3304converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
b5bcaa4a 3305 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
38f8b050
JR
3306 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3307
6626f970
RH
3308/* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3309 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3310DEFHOOK
3311(zero_address_valid,
3312 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3313address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3314 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3315 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3316
38f8b050
JR
3317/* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3318DEFHOOK
3319(convert,
673c2f63
JM
3320 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3321@var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3322space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3323to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3324guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3325as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
38f8b050
JR
3326 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3327 default_addr_space_convert)
3328
f736b911
RH
3329/* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3330DEFHOOK
3331(debug,
3332 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3333The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3334 int, (addr_space_t as),
3335 default_addr_space_debug)
3336
ffc22840
GJL
3337/* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3338DEFHOOK
3339(diagnose_usage,
3340 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3341command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3342address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3343to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3344was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3345the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3346@var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3347The default implementation does nothing.",
3348 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3349 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3350
38f8b050
JR
3351HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3352
3353#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3354#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3355
0a9d711d
SP
3356DEFHOOK
3357(lower_local_decl_alignment,
3358 "Define this hook to lower alignment of local, parm or result\n\
3359decl @samp{(@var{decl})}.",
3360 void, (tree decl),
3361 hook_void_tree)
3362
f073de07
RS
3363DEFHOOK
3364(static_rtx_alignment,
3365 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3366statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3367is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3368@samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3369 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3370 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3371
58e17cf8
RS
3372DEFHOOK
3373(constant_alignment,
3374 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3375placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3376is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3377\n\
3378The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3379\n\
3380The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3381constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3382constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3383@code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3384 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3385 default_constant_alignment)
3386
8de583fc
PB
3387DEFHOOK
3388(translate_mode_attribute,
3389 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
3390translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's\n\
3391@code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\
3392\n\
3393The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.",
3394 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
3395 default_translate_mode_attribute)
3396
38f8b050
JR
3397/* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3398 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3399 the arithmetic is supported. */
3400DEFHOOK
3401(scalar_mode_supported_p,
673c2f63
JM
3402 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3403insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3404considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3405must work.\n\
3406\n\
3407The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3408required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3409Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3410code in @file{optabs.c}.",
18e2a8b8 3411 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3412 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3413
3414/* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3415 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3416 for further details. */
3417DEFHOOK
3418(vector_mode_supported_p,
673c2f63
JM
3419 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3420insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3421must have move patterns for this mode.",
ef4bddc2 3422 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3423 hook_bool_mode_false)
3424
482b2b43
RS
3425DEFHOOK
3426(compatible_vector_types_p,
3427 "Return true if there is no target-specific reason for treating\n\
3428vector types @var{type1} and @var{type2} as distinct types. The caller\n\
3429has already checked for target-independent reasons, meaning that the\n\
3430types are known to have the same mode, to have the same number of elements,\n\
3431and to have what the caller considers to be compatible element types.\n\
3432\n\
3433The main reason for defining this hook is to reject pairs of types\n\
3434that are handled differently by the target's calling convention.\n\
3435For example, when a new @var{N}-bit vector architecture is added\n\
3436to a target, the target may want to handle normal @var{N}-bit\n\
3437@code{VECTOR_TYPE} arguments and return values in the same way as\n\
3438before, to maintain backwards compatibility. However, it may also\n\
3439provide new, architecture-specific @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s that are passed\n\
3440and returned in a more efficient way. It is then important to maintain\n\
3441a distinction between the ``normal'' @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s and the new\n\
3442architecture-specific ones.\n\
3443\n\
3444The default implementation returns true, which is correct for most targets.",
3445 bool, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
3446 hook_bool_const_tree_const_tree_true)
3447
5aea1e76
UW
3448DEFHOOK
3449(vector_alignment,
3450 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3451@var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3452require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3453this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3454the vector element type.",
3455 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3456 default_vector_alignment)
3457
695da534
RS
3458DEFHOOK
3459(array_mode,
3460 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3461@var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3462Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3463latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3464if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3465integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3466@code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3467used in specific cases.\n\
3468\n\
3469The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3470also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3471 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3472 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3473
0f6d54f7
RS
3474/* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3475 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3476DEFHOOK
3477(array_mode_supported_p,
3478 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3479of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3480Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3481and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3482\n\
3483One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3484that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3485has operations like:\n\
3486\n\
3487@smallexample\n\
3488int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3489@end smallexample\n\
3490\n\
3491where the return type is defined as:\n\
3492\n\
3493@smallexample\n\
3494typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3495@{\n\
3496 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3497@} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3498@end smallexample\n\
3499\n\
3500If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3501@code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3502@code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
ef4bddc2 3503 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
0f6d54f7
RS
3504 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3505
8cc4b7a2
JM
3506DEFHOOK
3507(libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3508 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3509floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3510@code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3511hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3512@code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
7c5bd57a 3513 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
8cc4b7a2
JM
3514 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3515
c65699ef
JM
3516DEFHOOK
3517(floatn_mode,
3518 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3519@code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
1ce87609
RS
3520@code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3521supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3522this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
c65699ef
JM
3523@code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3524@code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3525those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3526@code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3527returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3528satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
1ce87609
RS
3529@code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3530of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3531ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3532if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3533 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
c65699ef
JM
3534 default_floatn_mode)
3535
c6762423
MM
3536DEFHOOK
3537(floatn_builtin_p,
3538 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3539@code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3540built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3541normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3542to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3543the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3544the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3545@code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3546 bool, (int func),
3547 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3548
38f8b050
JR
3549/* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3550 TO, using MODE. */
3551DEFHOOK
3552(register_move_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3553 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3554from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3555are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3556A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3557that.\n\
3558\n\
3559It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3560same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3561registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3562\n\
3563If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3564hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3565classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3566constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3567allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3568if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3569\n\
3570The default version of this function returns 2.",
ef4bddc2 3571 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
38f8b050
JR
3572 default_register_move_cost)
3573
3574/* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3575/* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3576 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
911852ff 3577DEFHOOK
38f8b050 3578(memory_move_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3579 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3580between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3581if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3582This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3583If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3584registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3585\n\
3586If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3587the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3588needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3589between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3590more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3591reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3592\n\
3593GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3594secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3595a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3596secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
35974 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3598value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3599are the same as to this target hook.",
ef4bddc2 3600 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
38f8b050
JR
3601 default_memory_move_cost)
3602
7cbed008
JG
3603DEFHOOK
3604(use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3605 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3606two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3607when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3608implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3609insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
76715c32 3610@code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
7cbed008
JG
3611unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3612\n\
3613This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3614given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3615infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3616Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3617units.\n\
3618\n\
3619The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
36b85e43
BS
3620@code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3621@code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3622under consideration.\n\
7cbed008
JG
3623\n\
3624The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3625optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3626\n\
3627Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3628for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
76715c32 3629@code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{cpymem} or\n\
7cbed008
JG
3630@code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3631insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3632the body of the memory operation.\n\
3633\n\
3634Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3635in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3636move would be greater than that of a library call.",
445d7826 3637 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
7cbed008
JG
3638 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3639 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3640
36b85e43
BS
3641DEFHOOK
3642(compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3643 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3644number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3645allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3646factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3647one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3648particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3649negative number from this hook.",
3650 int, (machine_mode mode),
3651 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3652
e0bd6c9f
RS
3653DEFHOOK
3654(slow_unaligned_access,
3655 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3656@var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3657than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
630ba2fd 3658This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\
e0bd6c9f
RS
3659@code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3660\n\
3661When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3662@code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3663moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3664Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3665add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3666\n\
3667The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3668The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3669 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3670 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3671
d95ab70a
RS
3672DEFHOOK
3673(optab_supported_p,
3674 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3675modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3676The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3677whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3678optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3679\n\
3680For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3681@var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3682optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3683\n\
3684The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3685 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3686 optimization_type opt_type),
3687 default_optab_supported_p)
3688
38f8b050
JR
3689/* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3690 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3691 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3692 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3693DEFHOOK
3694(small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
673c2f63
JM
3695 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3696small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3697@var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3698in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3699In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3700for any mode.\n\
3701\n\
3702On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3703insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3704to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3705if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3706insn.\n\
3707\n\
3708Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3709in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3710the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3711classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3712registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3713registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3714SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3715strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3716machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3717\n\
3718The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3719safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3720unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3721that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3722to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3723of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
ef4bddc2 3724 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3725 hook_bool_mode_false)
3726
e692f276
RH
3727/* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3728 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3729DEFHOOKPOD
3730(flags_regnum,
9adea939
HPN
3731 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\n\
3732post-reload comparison elimination pass, or the delay slot filler pass,\n\
3733then this value should be set appropriately.",
3734unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
e692f276 3735
38f8b050
JR
3736/* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3737 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3738 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
e548c9df 3739/* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
38f8b050
JR
3740 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3741DEFHOOK
3742(rtx_costs,
673c2f63
JM
3743 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3744\n\
3745The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3746available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3747as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3748That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3749that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3750either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3751(b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3752\n\
e548c9df
AM
3753@var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3754do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
673c2f63
JM
3755\n\
3756In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3757@code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3758instructions.\n\
3759\n\
3760On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3761for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3762necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3763for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3764operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3765\n\
3766When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3767false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3768size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3769\n\
3770The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3771processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
e548c9df
AM
3772 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3773 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
38f8b050
JR
3774
3775/* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3776 invalid addresses. */
3777DEFHOOK
3778(address_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3779 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3780@var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3781the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3782\n\
3783For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3784true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3785instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3786all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3787\n\
3788In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3789the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3790cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3791\n\
3792For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3793and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3794is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3795references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3796the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3797that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3798instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3799specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3800\n\
3801This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3802\n\
3803On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3804cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3805@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3806be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3807@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3808should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3809should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3810registers on machines with lots of registers.",
ef4bddc2 3811 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
38f8b050
JR
3812 default_address_cost)
3813
94105f5c
SB
3814/* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3815DEFHOOK
3816(insn_cost,
3817 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3818\n\
3819In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3820@code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3821instructions.\n\
3822\n\
3823When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3824false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3825size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3826 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3827
e914c11a
JG
3828/* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3829 well defined units. */
3830DEFHOOK
3831(max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3832 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3833giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3834if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3835The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3836that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3837@code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3838unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3839RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3840is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3841\n\
3842@code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3843branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3844were true.\n\
3845\n\
3846The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3847@code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3848and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3849unsigned int, (edge e),
3850default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3851
d16e2ddd
JJ
3852/* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3853 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3854DEFHOOK
3855(noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3856 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3857candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3858@code{if_info}.",
3859bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3860default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3861
de6320a8
CB
3862/* Return true if new_addr should be preferred over the existing address used by
3863 memref in insn. */
3864DEFHOOK
3865(new_address_profitable_p,
3866 "Return @code{true} if it is profitable to replace the address in\n\
3867@var{memref} with @var{new_addr}. This allows targets to prevent the\n\
3868scheduler from undoing address optimizations. The instruction containing the\n\
3869memref is @var{insn}. The default implementation returns @code{true}.",
3870bool, (rtx memref, rtx_insn * insn, rtx new_addr),
3871default_new_address_profitable_p)
3872
e535b963
RS
3873DEFHOOK
3874(estimated_poly_value,
3875 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3876things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. The default\n\
3877implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3878 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val),
3879 default_estimated_poly_value)
3880
f52a73a4
SD
3881/* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3882 scheduling. */
3883DEFHOOK
3884(no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3885 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3886speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3887such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3888delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3889disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3890delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3891as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3892 hook_bool_void_false)
3893
38f8b050
JR
3894/* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3895DEFHOOK
3896(allocate_initial_value,
673c2f63
JM
3897 "\n\
3898When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3899register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3900to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3901it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3902is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3903that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3904@code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3905Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3906to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3907the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3908@code{MEM}.\n\
3909If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3910it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3911You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3912@code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3913register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3914The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3915allocation.",
38f8b050
JR
3916 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3917
c84a808e 3918/* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
38f8b050
JR
3919 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3920DEFHOOK
3921(unspec_may_trap_p,
673c2f63
JM
3922 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3923@code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3924this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3925@code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3926to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3927passed along.",
38f8b050
JR
3928 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3929 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3930
3931/* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3932 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3933 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3934 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3935 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3936 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3937DEFHOOK
3938(dwarf_register_span,
673c2f63
JM
3939 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3940represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3941register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3942locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3943register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3944If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
38f8b050
JR
3945 rtx, (rtx reg),
3946 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3947
ff050c66
MF
3948/* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3949 register. */
3950DEFHOOK
3951(dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3952 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3953corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3954used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3955clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
ef4bddc2 3956 machine_mode, (int regno),
ff050c66
MF
3957 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3958
38f8b050
JR
3959/* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3960 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3961 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3962 code, given the address of the table. */
3963DEFHOOK
3964(init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
673c2f63
JM
3965 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3966multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3967sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3968It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3969filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3970@var{address} is the address of the table.",
38f8b050
JR
3971 void, (tree address),
3972 hook_void_tree)
3973
3974/* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3975 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3976 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3977 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3978 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3979 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3980 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3981DEFHOOK
3982(fixed_condition_code_regs,
673c2f63
JM
3983 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3984register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3985regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3986hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3987small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3988to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3989arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3990When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3991integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3992@code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3993\n\
3994The default version of this hook returns false.",
38f8b050
JR
3995 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3996 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3997
3998/* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3999 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
4000 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
4001 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
4002 VOIDmode. */
4003DEFHOOK
4004(cc_modes_compatible,
673c2f63
JM
4005 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
4006@code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
4007validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
4008target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
4009both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
4010return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
4011\n\
4012The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
4013same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
4014returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
ef4bddc2 4015 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
38f8b050
JR
4016 default_cc_modes_compatible)
4017
4018/* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
4019 delayed-branch scheduling. */
4020DEFHOOK
4021(machine_dependent_reorg,
673c2f63
JM
4022 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
4023instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
4024just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
4025\n\
4026The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
4027it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
4028laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
4029Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
4030\n\
4031You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
4032definition is null.",
38f8b050
JR
4033 void, (void), NULL)
4034
4035/* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
4036DEFHOOK
4037(build_builtin_va_list,
673c2f63
JM
4038 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
4039The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
38f8b050
JR
4040 tree, (void),
4041 std_build_builtin_va_list)
4042
4043/* Enumerate the va list variants. */
07a5b2bc 4044DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4045(enum_va_list_p,
673c2f63
JM
4046 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
4047to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
4048variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
4049to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
4050variable.\n\
4051The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
4052this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
4053internal type.\n\
4054If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
4055Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
4056macro to iterate through all types.",
38f8b050
JR
4057 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
4058 NULL)
4059
4060/* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
4061DEFHOOK
4062(fn_abi_va_list,
673c2f63
JM
4063 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
4064@var{fndecl}.\n\
4065The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
38f8b050
JR
4066 tree, (tree fndecl),
4067 std_fn_abi_va_list)
4068
4069/* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
4070DEFHOOK
4071(canonical_va_list_type,
673c2f63
JM
4072 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
4073type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
4074@code{NULL_TREE}.",
38f8b050
JR
4075 tree, (tree type),
4076 std_canonical_va_list_type)
4077
4078/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4079DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4080(expand_builtin_va_start,
4081"Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
4082 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
4083
4084/* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
4085DEFHOOK
4086(gimplify_va_arg_expr,
673c2f63
JM
4087 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
4088@code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4089arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4090@code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
38f8b050
JR
4091 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4092 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4093
4094/* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4095 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4096 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4097 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4098 or an error message if not. */
4099DEFHOOK
4100(get_pch_validity,
673c2f63
JM
4101 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4102@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4103@samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
38f8b050
JR
4104 void *, (size_t *sz),
4105 default_get_pch_validity)
4106
4107DEFHOOK
4108(pch_valid_p,
673c2f63
JM
4109 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4110compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4111if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4112be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4113\n\
4114@var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4115when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4116It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4117compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4118\n\
4119The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4120suitable for most targets.",
38f8b050
JR
4121 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4122 default_pch_valid_p)
4123
e32ea2d1
RS
4124DEFHOOK
4125(prepare_pch_save,
4126 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4127garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4128it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4129to do anything here.",
4130 void, (void),
4131 hook_void_void)
4132
38f8b050
JR
4133/* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4134 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4135 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4136DEFHOOK
4137(check_pch_target_flags,
673c2f63
JM
4138 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4139@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4140of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4141@code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4142value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
38f8b050
JR
4143 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4144
4145/* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4146 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4147 that type. */
4148DEFHOOK
4149(default_short_enums,
673c2f63
JM
4150 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4151@code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4152of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4153@code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4154\n\
4155The default is to return false.",
38f8b050
JR
4156 bool, (void),
4157 hook_bool_void_false)
4158
4159/* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4160 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4161DEFHOOK
4162(builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
673c2f63
JM
4163 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4164the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4165The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4166machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4167@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
38f8b050
JR
4168 rtx, (void),
4169 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4170
7ca35180
RH
4171/* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4172 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4173DEFHOOK
4174(md_asm_adjust,
4175 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4176@var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4177clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4178to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4179\n\
4180It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4181as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
4182a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4183 rtx_insn *,
4184 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4185 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4186 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
4187
4188/* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4189 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4190 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4191 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4192 the function is being declared as an int. */
4193DEFHOOK
4194(dwarf_calling_convention,
673c2f63
JM
4195 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4196be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4197value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
38f8b050
JR
4198 int, (const_tree function),
4199 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4200
4201/* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4202 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4203 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4204 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4205 and
4206 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4207 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4208DEFHOOK
4209(dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
673c2f63
JM
4210 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4211contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4212info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4213@smallexample\n\
4214(set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4215@end smallexample\n\
4216and\n\
4217@smallexample\n\
4218(set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4219@end smallexample\n\
4220to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4221the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4222the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
38f8b050
JR
4223 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4224
74c74aa0
RS
4225DEFHOOK
4226(dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4227 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4228expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4229register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4230that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4231@smallexample\n\
4232value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4233@end smallexample\n\
4234\n\
4235A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4236@samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4237 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4238 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4239
38f8b050
JR
4240/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4241DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4242(stdarg_optimize_hook,
4243"Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4244 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4245 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
355fe088 4246 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
4247
4248/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4249 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4250 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4251DEFHOOK
4252(stack_protect_guard,
673c2f63
JM
4253 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4254for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4255runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4256that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4257variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4258\n\
4259The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4260@samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
38f8b050
JR
4261 tree, (void),
4262 default_stack_protect_guard)
4263
4264/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4265 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4266DEFHOOK
4267(stack_protect_fail,
673c2f63
JM
4268 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4269stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4270involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4271\n\
4272The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4273@samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4274normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
38f8b050
JR
4275 tree, (void),
4276 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4277
87a5dc2d
JW
4278/* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4279 protector runtime support. */
4280DEFHOOK
4281(stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4282 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4283 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4284 bool, (void),
4285 hook_bool_void_true)
4286
425fc685
RE
4287DEFHOOK
4288(have_speculation_safe_value,
4289"This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\
4290 @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}. If called with an argument\n\
4291 of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\
4292 this builtin. If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\
4293 if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\
4294 \n\
4295 The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\
4296 a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}. Else it returns true\n\
4297 for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\
f3debef3
RE
4298 compilation for the second case.\n\
4299 \n\
4300 For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\
4301 speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\
4302 simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\
4303 along with your other target hooks.",
425fc685
RE
4304bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value)
4305
4306DEFHOOK
4307(speculation_safe_value,
4308"This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\
4309 sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\
4310 built-in function. The function must always return @var{val} in\n\
4311 @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\
4312 speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\
4313 is known that the speculation will not be unwound. The hook supports\n\
4314 two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements. The first\n\
4315 is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\
4316 until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\
4317 is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\
4318 state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\
4319 speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\
4320 \n\
4321 The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\
4322 emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.",
4323rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval),
4324 default_speculation_safe_value)
4325
74b5fcf7
KL
4326DEFHOOK
4327(predict_doloop_p,
4328 "Return true if we can predict it is possible to use a low-overhead loop\n\
4329for a particular loop. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to the loop.\n\
4330This target hook is required only when the target supports low-overhead\n\
4331loops, and will help ivopts to make some decisions.\n\
4332The default version of this hook returns false.",
99b1c316 4333 bool, (class loop *loop),
74b5fcf7 4334 default_predict_doloop_p)
425fc685 4335
603a4ad4
KL
4336DEFHOOKPOD
4337(have_count_reg_decr_p,
4338 "Return true if the target supports hardware count register for decrement\n\
4339and branch.\n\
4340The default value is false.",
4341 bool, false)
4342
4343DEFHOOKPOD
4344(doloop_cost_for_generic,
4345 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4346calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any generic IV use by\n\
4347function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4348hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4349move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4350while doloop IV candidate is used for generic IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4351expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4352this especially for generic IV uses.\n\
4353The default value is zero.",
4354 int64_t, 0)
4355
4356DEFHOOKPOD
4357(doloop_cost_for_address,
4358 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4359calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any address IV use by\n\
4360function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4361hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4362move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4363while doloop IV candidate is used for address IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4364expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4365this escpecially for address IV uses.\n\
4366The default value is zero.",
4367 int64_t, 0)
4368
1d0216c8
RS
4369DEFHOOK
4370(can_use_doloop_p,
4371 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4372and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4373exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4374the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4375the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4376contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4377loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4378\n\
4379This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4380implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4381if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
807e902e 4382 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
1d0216c8 4383 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
807e902e 4384 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
1d0216c8 4385
38f8b050
JR
4386/* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4387 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4388DEFHOOK
4389(invalid_within_doloop,
673c2f63
JM
4390 "\n\
4391Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4392low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4393could not be applied.\n\
4394\n\
4395Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4396instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4397the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4398By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4399loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
ac44248e 4400 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
38f8b050
JR
4401 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4402
78e4f1ad
UB
4403/* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4404DEFHOOK
4405(legitimate_combined_insn,
4406"Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4407 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4408 default is to accept all instructions.",
ac44248e
DM
4409 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4410 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
78e4f1ad 4411
38f8b050
JR
4412DEFHOOK
4413(valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4414"@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4415 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4416 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4417 bool, (const_tree decl),
4418 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4419
4420/* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4421 value. */
4422DEFHOOKPOD
4423(const_anchor,
673c2f63
JM
4424 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4425a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4426is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4427is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4428subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4429the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4430available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4431constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4432down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4433@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4434accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4435value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4436MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4437@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4438is zero, which disables this optimization.",
38f8b050
JR
4439 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4440
5dcfdccd
KY
4441/* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4442DEFHOOK
4443(memmodel_check,
673c2f63
JM
4444 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4445memory model bits are allowed.",
5dcfdccd
KY
4446 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4447
dfe06d3e
JJ
4448/* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4449 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4450 supported by the target. */
4451DEFHOOK
4452(asan_shadow_offset,
4453 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4454Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4455supported by the target.",
4456 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4457 NULL)
4458
38f8b050
JR
4459/* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4460/* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4461HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4462
4463DEFHOOK
4464(promote_function_mode,
673c2f63
JM
4465 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4466function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4467and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4468change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4469pointer} types.\n\
4470\n\
4471@var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4472return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4473@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4474If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4475which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4476then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4477the signedness may be different.\n\
4478\n\
4479@var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4480\n\
4481The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4482also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4483if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
ef4bddc2 4484 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
38f8b050
JR
4485 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4486 default_promote_function_mode)
4487
4488DEFHOOK
4489(promote_prototypes,
673c2f63
JM
4490 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4491prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4492passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4493cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4494The default is to not promote prototypes.",
38f8b050
JR
4495 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4496 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4497
4498DEFHOOK
4499(struct_value_rtx,
673c2f63
JM
4500 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4501address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4502passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4503be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4504hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4505argument.\n\
4506\n\
4507On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4508is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4509caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4510be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4511@var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4512the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4513the caller.\n\
4514\n\
4515If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4516stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4517@var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4518structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4519to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
38f8b050
JR
4520 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4521 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
e0d14c39
BS
4522
4523DEFHOOKPOD
4524(omit_struct_return_reg,
4525 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4526is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4527arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
9c582551 4528pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
e0d14c39
BS
4529undesirable on your target.",
4530 bool, false)
4531
38f8b050
JR
4532DEFHOOK
4533(return_in_memory,
673c2f63
JM
4534 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4535function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4536Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4537will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4538libcalls.\n\
4539\n\
4540Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4541by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4542takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4543possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4544definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4545values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4546\n\
4547Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4548be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4549to indicate this.",
38f8b050
JR
4550 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4551 default_return_in_memory)
4552
4553DEFHOOK
4554(return_in_msb,
673c2f63
JM
4555 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4556at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4557padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4558is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4559\n\
4560Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4561be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4562or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
45634-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4564@code{SImode} rtx.",
38f8b050
JR
4565 bool, (const_tree type),
4566 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4567
4568/* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4569 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4570 from __builtin_va_arg. */
ec9f85e5 4571DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4572(pass_by_reference,
52090e4d 4573 "This target hook should return @code{true} if argument @var{arg} at the\n\
673c2f63
JM
4574position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4575predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
52090e4d 4576passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (@var{arg}.type)}.\n\
673c2f63
JM
4577\n\
4578If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4579pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4580The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4581to that type.",
38f8b050 4582 bool,
52090e4d
RS
4583 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4584 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
38f8b050
JR
4585
4586DEFHOOK
4587(expand_builtin_saveregs,
673c2f63
JM
4588 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4589@code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4590beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4591return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4592to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
38f8b050
JR
4593 rtx, (void),
4594 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4595
4596/* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4597DEFHOOK
4598(setup_incoming_varargs,
673c2f63
JM
4599 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4600@code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4601@code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4602register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4603have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4604use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4605pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4606\n\
4607The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4608structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
e7056ca4
RS
4609named arguments. The argument @var{arg} describes the last of these named\n\
4610arguments.\n\
673c2f63
JM
4611\n\
4612The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4613argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4614store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4615variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4616store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4617frame.\n\
4618\n\
4619Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4620compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4621@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4622have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4623for all data types.\n\
4624\n\
4625If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4626arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4627happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4628end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4629not generate any instructions in this case.",
e7056ca4 4630 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, const function_arg_info &arg,
38f8b050
JR
4631 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4632 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4633
d5e254e1
IE
4634DEFHOOK
4635(load_bounds_for_arg,
4636 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4637@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4638bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4639memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4640memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4641constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4642should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4643 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4644 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4645
4646DEFHOOK
4647(store_bounds_for_arg,
4648 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4649@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4650@var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4651memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4652memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4653constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4654should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4655 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4656 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4657
4658DEFHOOK
4659(load_returned_bounds,
4660 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4661returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4662loaded bounds.",
4663 rtx, (rtx slot),
4664 default_load_returned_bounds)
4665
4666DEFHOOK
4667(store_returned_bounds,
4668 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4669returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4670 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4671 default_store_returned_bounds)
4672
2f21e1ba
BS
4673DEFHOOK
4674(call_args,
4675 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4676for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4677@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4678before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4679function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4680@code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4681invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4682This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4683registers if a target needs it.\n\
4684For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4685passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4686Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4687 void, (rtx, tree),
4688 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4689
4690DEFHOOK
4691(end_call_args,
4692 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4693just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4694signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4695emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4696Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4697 void, (void),
4698 hook_void_void)
4699
38f8b050
JR
4700DEFHOOK
4701(strict_argument_naming,
673c2f63
JM
4702 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4703argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4704\n\
4705This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4706is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4707@code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4708arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4709but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4710then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4711except the last are treated as named.\n\
4712\n\
4713You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
d5cc9181 4714 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
38f8b050
JR
4715 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4716
4717/* Returns true if we should use
4718 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4719 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4720DEFHOOK
4721(pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
673c2f63
JM
4722 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4723@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4724@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4725defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4726@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4727Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
d5cc9181 4728 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
38f8b050
JR
4729 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4730
4731/* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4732 should be passed as two scalars. */
4733DEFHOOK
4734(split_complex_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4735 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4736as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4737arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4738to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4739AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4740registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4741point register.\n\
4742\n\
4743The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4744false.",
38f8b050
JR
4745 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4746
4747/* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4748 but must be passed on the stack. */
4749/* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4750 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4751DEFHOOK
4752(must_pass_in_stack,
0ffef200 4753 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{arg}\n\
673c2f63
JM
4754solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4755definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4756documentation.",
0ffef200 4757 bool, (const function_arg_info &arg),
38f8b050
JR
4758 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4759
4760/* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4761 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4762 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4763DEFHOOK
4764(callee_copies,
673c2f63
JM
4765 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4766known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4767function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4768by the caller.\n\
4769\n\
4770For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4771determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4772not be generated.\n\
4773\n\
4774The default version of this hook always returns false.",
38f8b050 4775 bool,
7256c719
RS
4776 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4777 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
38f8b050
JR
4778
4779/* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4780 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4781 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4782DEFHOOK
4783(arg_partial_bytes,
673c2f63
JM
4784 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4785argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4786arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4787pushed on the stack.\n\
4788\n\
4789On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4790registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4791first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4792on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4793structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4794in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4795compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4796\n\
4797@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4798register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4799@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
a7c81bc1
RS
4800 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4801 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_0)
38f8b050
JR
4802
4803/* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4804 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4805 argument. */
b25b9e8f 4806DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4807(function_arg_advance,
673c2f63 4808 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
6930c98c 4809advance past argument @var{arg} in the argument list. Once this is done,\n\
673c2f63
JM
4810the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4811argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4812\n\
4813This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4814on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4815used for arguments without any special help.",
38f8b050 4816 void,
6930c98c 4817 (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
38f8b050
JR
4818 default_function_arg_advance)
4819
870118b7
RS
4820DEFHOOK
4821(function_arg_offset,
4822 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4823argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4824This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4825arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4826instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4827 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4828 default_function_arg_offset)
4829
76b0cbf8
RS
4830DEFHOOK
4831(function_arg_padding,
4832 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4833an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4834@code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4835to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4836\n\
4837The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4838@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4839to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4840\n\
4841This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4842For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4843big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4844constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4845 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4846 default_function_arg_padding)
4847
38f8b050
JR
4848/* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4849 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4850 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4851 argument. */
b25b9e8f 4852DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4853(function_arg,
6783fdb7
RS
4854 "Return an RTX indicating whether function argument @var{arg} is passed\n\
4855in a register and if so, which register. Argument @var{ca} summarizes all\n\
4856the previous arguments.\n\
673c2f63
JM
4857\n\
4858The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4859register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4860on the stack.\n\
4861\n\
d5e254e1
IE
4862The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4863passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4864should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4865@code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4866for more information.\n\
4867\n\
673c2f63
JM
4868The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4869used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4870@code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4871@code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4872describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4873@code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4874register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4875register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4876second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4877the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4878As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4879RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4880argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4881\n\
4882The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4883VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4884pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4885\n\
4886@cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4887The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4888machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4889cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4890done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4891@var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4892\n\
4893@cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4894@cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4895You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4896in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4897type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4898is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4899argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4900defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4901a register.",
6783fdb7 4902 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
38f8b050
JR
4903 default_function_arg)
4904
b25b9e8f 4905DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4906(function_incoming_arg,
4a235312
L
4907 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4908views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4909functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4910and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
673c2f63 4911\n\
4a235312 4912In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
673c2f63
JM
4913which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4914@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4915fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4916arrive.\n\
4917\n\
4a235312
L
4918@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4919computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4920so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4921\n\
673c2f63
JM
4922If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4923@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
6783fdb7 4924 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
38f8b050
JR
4925 default_function_incoming_arg)
4926
c2ed6cf8
NF
4927DEFHOOK
4928(function_arg_boundary,
673c2f63
JM
4929 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4930with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4931@code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
ef4bddc2 4932 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
c2ed6cf8
NF
4933 default_function_arg_boundary)
4934
123148b5
BS
4935DEFHOOK
4936(function_arg_round_boundary,
4937 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4938which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4939return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4940value.",
ef4bddc2 4941 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
123148b5
BS
4942 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4943
38f8b050
JR
4944/* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4945 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4946DEFHOOK
4947(invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
673c2f63
JM
4948 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4949illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4950with prototype @var{typelist}.",
38f8b050
JR
4951 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4952 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4953
4954/* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4955 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4956DEFHOOK
4957(function_value,
673c2f63
JM
4958 "\n\
4959Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4960returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4961representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4962representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4963function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4964compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4965Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4966a function returns a value.\n\
4967\n\
4968On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4969(Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4970place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4971@code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4972The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4973multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4974@code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4975location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4976the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4977that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4978port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4979@samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4980\n\
4981If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4982the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4983@var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4984\n\
4985If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4986node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4987pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4988convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4989known.\n\
4990\n\
4991Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4992which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4993the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4994different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4995\n\
4996@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4997aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4998@code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
38f8b050
JR
4999 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
5000 default_function_value)
5001
5002/* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
5003 calling the function FN_NAME. */
5004DEFHOOK
5005(libcall_value,
673c2f63
JM
5006 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
5007function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
5008\n\
5009The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
5010library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
5011representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
5012\n\
5013If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
ef4bddc2 5014 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
38f8b050
JR
5015 default_libcall_value)
5016
5017/* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
5018 a function value as seen by the caller. */
5019DEFHOOK
5020(function_value_regno_p,
673c2f63
JM
5021 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
5022register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
5023\n\
5024A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
5025second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
5026recognized by this target hook.\n\
5027\n\
5028If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
5029function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
5030should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
5031\n\
5032If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5033 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
5034 default_function_value_regno_p)
5035
002ffd3c
RS
5036DEFHOOK
5037(fntype_abi,
5038 "Return the ABI used by a function with type @var{type}; see the\n\
5039definition of @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI\n\
5040descriptor. Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5041interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5042 const predefined_function_abi &, (const_tree type),
5043 NULL)
5044
5a5a3bc5
RS
5045DEFHOOK
5046(insn_callee_abi,
5047 "This hook returns a description of the ABI used by the target of\n\
5048call instruction @var{insn}; see the definition of\n\
5049@code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI descriptor.\n\
5050Only the global function @code{insn_callee_abi} should call this hook\n\
5051directly.\n\
5052\n\
5053Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5054interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5055 const predefined_function_abi &, (const rtx_insn *insn),
5056 NULL)
5057
38f8b050
JR
5058/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5059DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5060(internal_arg_pointer,
5061"Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
5062 current function.",
5063 rtx, (void),
5064 default_internal_arg_pointer)
5065
5066/* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
5067DEFHOOK
5068(update_stack_boundary,
673c2f63
JM
5069 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
5070necessary.",
38f8b050
JR
5071 void, (void), NULL)
5072
5073/* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
5074 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
5075DEFHOOK
5076(get_drap_rtx,
673c2f63
JM
5077 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
5078different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
5079argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
5080is needed.",
38f8b050
JR
5081 rtx, (void), NULL)
5082
5083/* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
5084 stack. */
5085DEFHOOK
5086(allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
673c2f63
JM
5087 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
5088arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
5089stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
5090debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
5091@code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
5092cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
5093to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
5094false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
38f8b050
JR
5095 bool, (void),
5096 hook_bool_void_true)
5097
c21df29b
RH
5098/* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
5099 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
38f8b050
JR
5100DEFHOOK
5101(static_chain,
673c2f63
JM
5102 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
5103targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
5104nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
5105attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
5106those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
5107\n\
5108The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
5109\n\
5110If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
5111provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
5112Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
5113from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
5114will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
5115@findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
5116@findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
5117@findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
5118The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
5119@code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
5120to refer to those items.",
c21df29b 5121 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
38f8b050
JR
5122 default_static_chain)
5123
5124/* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
5125 static chain value of CHAIN. */
5126DEFHOOK
5127(trampoline_init,
673c2f63
JM
5128 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
5129@var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
5130is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
5131RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
5132when it is called.\n\
5133\n\
5134If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
5135first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
5136from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
5137Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
5138trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
5139to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
5140\n\
5141If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
5142enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5143initializing the trampoline proper.",
38f8b050
JR
5144 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5145 default_trampoline_init)
5146
5147/* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
5148DEFHOOK
5149(trampoline_adjust_address,
673c2f63
JM
5150 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5151the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5152memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
5153the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5154address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5155be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5156If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
38f8b050
JR
5157 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5158
4c640e26
EB
5159DEFHOOKPOD
5160(custom_function_descriptors,
92b6df43
SL
5161 "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\
5162functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\
5163in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\
5164run time. This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\
5165pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers. For example, on\n\
5166targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\
5167value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\
5168reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\
5169\n\
5170Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\
5171function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\
5172HPPA or IA-64.\n\
5173\n\
5174Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
4c640e26 5175eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
92b6df43 5176it to be made executable.",\
4c640e26
EB
5177 int, -1)
5178
38f8b050
JR
5179/* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5180 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5181 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5182/* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
893d13d5 5183DEFHOOK
38f8b050 5184(return_pops_args,
673c2f63
JM
5185 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5186a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5187and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5188\n\
5189@var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5190the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5191@code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5192From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5193\n\
5194@var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5195describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5196@code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5197From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5198arguments (if known).\n\
5199\n\
5200When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5201will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5202you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5203by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5204a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5205in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5206\n\
5207@var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5208stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5209argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5210\n\
5211On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5212of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5213calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5214the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5215convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5216arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5217nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5218@var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5219number of arguments.",
a20c5714 5220 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
38f8b050
JR
5221 default_return_pops_args)
5222
ffa88471
SE
5223/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5224 returned. */
5225DEFHOOK
5226(get_raw_result_mode,
5227 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
5228 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
5229 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
ef1d3b57 5230 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
ffa88471
SE
5231 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5232
5233/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5234 passed. */
5235DEFHOOK
5236(get_raw_arg_mode,
5237 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
5238 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
5239 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
ef1d3b57 5240 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
ffa88471
SE
5241 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5242
974aedcc
MP
5243/* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5244DEFHOOK
5245(empty_record_p,
5246 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5247is to return @code{false}.",
5248 bool, (const_tree type),
5249 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5250
5251/* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5252DEFHOOK
5253(warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5254 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5255ABI.",
5256 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5257 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5258
38f8b050
JR
5259HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5260
bcb21886
KY
5261DEFHOOK
5262(use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5263 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5264for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5265 bool, (void),
5266 hook_bool_void_false)
5267
5268DEFHOOK
5269(init_pic_reg,
5270 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5271This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5272 void, (void),
5273 hook_void_void)
5274
38f8b050
JR
5275/* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5276 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5277DEFHOOK
5278(invalid_conversion,
673c2f63
JM
5279 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5280invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5281if validity should be determined by the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
5282 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5283 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5284
5285/* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5286 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5287DEFHOOK
5288(invalid_unary_op,
673c2f63
JM
5289 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5290invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5291@code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5292if validity should be determined by the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
5293 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5294 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5295
5296/* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5297 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5298DEFHOOK
5299(invalid_binary_op,
673c2f63
JM
5300 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5301invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5302and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5303the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
5304 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5305 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5306
38f8b050
JR
5307/* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5308 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5309 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5310DEFHOOK
5311(promoted_type,
673c2f63
JM
5312 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5313@var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5314analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5315front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5316target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5317This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
5318 tree, (const_tree type),
5319 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5320
5321/* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5322 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5323 the standard conversion rules. */
5324DEFHOOK
5325(convert_to_type,
673c2f63
JM
5326 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5327@var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5328or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5329This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5330conversion rules.\n\
5331This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
5332 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5333 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5334
65ef05d0
RS
5335DEFHOOK
5336(verify_type_context,
5337 "If defined, this hook returns false if there is a target-specific reason\n\
5338why type @var{type} cannot be used in the source language context described\n\
5339by @var{context}. When @var{silent_p} is false, the hook also reports an\n\
5340error against @var{loc} for invalid uses of @var{type}.\n\
5341\n\
5342Calls to this hook should be made through the global function\n\
5343@code{verify_type_context}, which makes the @var{silent_p} parameter\n\
5344default to false and also handles @code{error_mark_node}.\n\
5345\n\
5346The default implementation always returns true.",
5347 bool, (location_t loc, type_context_kind context, const_tree type,
5348 bool silent_p),
5349 NULL)
5350
0d803030
RS
5351DEFHOOK
5352(can_change_mode_class,
5353 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5354registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5355and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5356The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5357both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5358\n\
5359As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5360floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5361to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
536232-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5363for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5364@code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5365\n\
5366@smallexample\n\
5367(GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5368 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5369@end smallexample\n\
5370\n\
5371Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5372if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5373than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5374mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5375or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5376eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5377Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5378entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5379value that the middle-end intended.",
5380 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5381 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5382
5074a1f8
VM
5383/* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5384DEFHOOK
5385(ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5386 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
31e2b5a3 5387 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5074a1f8
VM
5388 \n\
5389 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
31e2b5a3 5390 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5074a1f8
VM
5391 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5392
55a2c322
VM
5393/* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5394DEFHOOK
5395(lra_p,
5396 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
55a2c322 5397 \
f37cb70b 5398 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
48975b3d 5399 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
55a2c322
VM
5400 bool, (void),
5401 default_lra_p)
5402
5403/* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5404DEFHOOK
5405(register_priority,
5406 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5407 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5408 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5409 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5410 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5411 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5412 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5413 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5414 \
5415 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5416 int, (int),
5417 default_register_priority)
5418
3b9ceb4b
VM
5419/* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5420DEFHOOK
5421(register_usage_leveling_p,
5422 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5423 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5424 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5425 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5426 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5427 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5428 optimizations.\
5429 \
5430 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5431 bool, (void),
5432 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5433
55a2c322
VM
5434/* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5435DEFHOOK
5436(different_addr_displacement_p,
5437 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5438 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5439 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5440 the insn.\
5441 \
5442 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5443 bool, (void),
5444 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5445
5446/* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5447 instead of memory. */
5448DEFHOOK
5449(spill_class,
5450 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5451 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5452 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5453 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
ef4bddc2 5454 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
55a2c322
VM
5455 NULL)
5456
e93f30a6
VM
5457/* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5458DEFHOOK
5459(additional_allocno_class_p,
5460 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5461 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5462 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5463 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5464 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5465 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5466 bool, (reg_class_t),
5467 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5468
42e37616
DM
5469DEFHOOK
5470(cstore_mode,
5471 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5472 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5473 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5474 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5475 patterns.",
7cc237a6 5476 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
42e37616
DM
5477 default_cstore_mode)
5478
b4ff394c
PH
5479/* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5480 classes to use. */
5481DEFHOOK
5482(compute_pressure_classes,
5483 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5484 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5485 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5486 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5487 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5488
d9886a9e
L
5489/* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5490 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5491DEFHOOK
5492(member_type_forces_blk,
673c2f63
JM
5493 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5494be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5495\n\
5496If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5497mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5498case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5499retain the field's mode.\n\
5500\n\
5501Normally, this is not needed.",
ef4bddc2 5502 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
d9886a9e
L
5503 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5504
e72531b9
PK
5505/* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5506 that gate the divod transform. */
5507DEFHOOK
5508(expand_divmod_libfunc,
5509 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5510hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5511 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5512 NULL)
5513
38f8b050
JR
5514/* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5515DEFHOOK
5516(secondary_reload,
673c2f63
JM
5517 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5518from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5519@samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5520from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5521term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5522directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5523register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5524destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5525source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5526reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5527and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5528intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5529\n\
5530Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5531allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5532register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5533address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5534when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5535as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5536that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5537describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5538these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5539of the scratch register(s).\n\
5540\n\
5541In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5542\n\
5543For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5544and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5545@var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5546hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5547needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5548\n\
5549If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5550an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5551return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5552If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5553If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5554that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5555\n\
5556If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5557perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5558closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5559required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5560copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5561\n\
5562You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5563in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5564and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5565for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5566single-register-class\n\
5567@c [later: or memory]\n\
5568output constraint.\n\
5569\n\
5570When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5571hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5572register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5573have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5574\n\
5575@c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5576@c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5577@c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5578@c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5579@c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5580@c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5581@c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5582@c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5583\n\
5584\n\
5585@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5586pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5587Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5588in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5589\n\
5590Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5591currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
f15643d4 5592to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
673c2f63
JM
5593\n\
5594@code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5595copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5596(a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5597Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5598of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5599forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
a87cf97e 5600 reg_class_t,
ef4bddc2 5601 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
38f8b050
JR
5602 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5603 default_secondary_reload)
5604
f15643d4
RS
5605DEFHOOK
5606(secondary_memory_needed,
5607 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5608to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5609those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5610of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5611 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5612location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5613false for all inputs.",
5614 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5615 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5616
94e23f53
RS
5617DEFHOOK
5618(secondary_memory_needed_mode,
f15643d4 5619 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
94e23f53
RS
5620when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5621this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5622\n\
5623The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5624is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5625a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5626that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5627registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5628floating-point registers.\n\
5629\n\
5630However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5631the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5632differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5633widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5634suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5635details.\n\
5636\n\
5637With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5638 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5639 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5640
fba42e24
AS
5641/* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5642 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5643DEFHOOK
5644(preferred_reload_class,
673c2f63
JM
5645 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5646to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5647@var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5648another, smaller class.\n\
5649\n\
5650The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5651\n\
5652Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5653example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5654for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5655@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5656Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5657\n\
5658One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5659@var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5660loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5661force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5662immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5663instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5664register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5665@var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5666into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5667@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5668of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5669\n\
5670If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5671through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5672to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5673reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5674this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5675the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
fba42e24
AS
5676 reg_class_t,
5677 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5678 default_preferred_reload_class)
5679
abd26bfb
AS
5680/* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5681 input reloads. */
5682DEFHOOK
5683(preferred_output_reload_class,
673c2f63
JM
5684 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5685input reloads.\n\
5686\n\
5687The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5688argument.\n\
5689\n\
5690You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5691reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
abd26bfb
AS
5692 reg_class_t,
5693 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5694 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5695
5cce8171
RS
5696DEFHOOK
5697(select_early_remat_modes,
5698 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5699standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5700The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5701recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
5702\n\
5703This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5704in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5705the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5706 void, (sbitmap modes),
5707 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5708
07b8f0a8
AS
5709DEFHOOK
5710(class_likely_spilled_p,
673c2f63
JM
5711 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5712to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5713registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5714\n\
5715The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5716has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5717default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5718i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5719can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5720\n\
5721This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5722transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5723pressure.",
07b8f0a8
AS
5724 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5725 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5726
a8c44c52
AS
5727/* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5728 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5729DEFHOOK
5730(class_max_nregs,
673c2f63
JM
5731 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5732of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5733\n\
c43f4279
RS
5734This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5735In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
673c2f63 5736@var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
c43f4279 5737@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
673c2f63
JM
5738values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5739\n\
5740This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5741in the reload pass.\n\
5742\n\
5743The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5744in words.",
ef4bddc2 5745 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
a8c44c52
AS
5746 default_class_max_nregs)
5747
5f286f4a
YQ
5748DEFHOOK
5749(preferred_rename_class,
5750 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5751 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
6d3fbe2f
JR
5752 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5753 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5f286f4a
YQ
5754 is not implemented.\
5755 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5756 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5757 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5758 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5759 be reduced.",
5760 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5761 default_preferred_rename_class)
5762
d6220b11
KK
5763/* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5764 during register allocation. */
5765DEFHOOK
5766(cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5767 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5768substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5769register allocation.\n\
5770The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5771On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5772machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5773as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5774 bool, (rtx subst),
5775 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5776
14133a4d
KK
5777/* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5778 displacement addressing. */
5779DEFHOOK
5780(legitimize_address_displacement,
9005477f
RS
5781 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5782two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5783a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5784to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\
5785the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5786\n\
5787The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5788anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5789from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.",
5790 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
14133a4d
KK
5791 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5792
38f8b050
JR
5793/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5794 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5795DEFHOOK
5796(expand_to_rtl_hook,
673c2f63
JM
5797 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5798to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5799For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5800for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5801registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5802usage.",
38f8b050
JR
5803 void, (void),
5804 hook_void_void)
5805
5806/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5807 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5808 but will be later. */
5809DEFHOOK
5810(instantiate_decls,
673c2f63
JM
5811 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5812that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
38f8b050
JR
5813 void, (void),
5814 hook_void_void)
5815
c43f4279
RS
5816DEFHOOK
5817(hard_regno_nregs,
5818 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5819at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5820@var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5821cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
0d803030
RS
5822@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5823@code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
c43f4279
RS
5824\n\
5825The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5826 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5827 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5828
f939c3e6
RS
5829DEFHOOK
5830(hard_regno_mode_ok,
5831 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5832of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5833registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5834unconditionally.\n\
5835\n\
5836You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5837because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5838\n\
5839@cindex register pairs\n\
5840On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5841register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5842odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5843\n\
5844The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5845@samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5846register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5847value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5848\n\
5849Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5850all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5851this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5852patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5853useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
99e1629f
RS
5854and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5855modes to be tieable.\n\
f939c3e6
RS
5856\n\
5857Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5858Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5859in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5860can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5861mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5862registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5863\n\
5864On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5865modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5866registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5867non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5868@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5869floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5870normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5871unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5872register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5873\n\
5874The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5875they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5876instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5877@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5878constraints for those instructions.\n\
5879\n\
5880On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5881so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5882register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5883floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5884be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5885 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5886 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5887
99e1629f
RS
5888DEFHOOK
5889(modes_tieable_p,
5890 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5891in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5892\n\
5893If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5894@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5895the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5896@code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5897should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5898this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5899accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5900\n\
5901You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5902possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5903allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5904 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5905 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5906
38f8b050
JR
5907/* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5908 in peephole2. */
5909DEFHOOK
5910(hard_regno_scratch_ok,
673c2f63
JM
5911 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5912@var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5913\n\
5914One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5915is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5916\n\
5917The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5918 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5919 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5920
80ec73f4
RS
5921DEFHOOK
5922(hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
6ee2cc70
RS
5923 "ABIs usually specify that calls must preserve the full contents\n\
5924of a particular register, or that calls can alter any part of a\n\
5925particular register. This information is captured by the target macro\n\
5926@code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}. However, some ABIs specify that calls\n\
5927must preserve certain bits of a particular register but can alter others.\n\
5928This hook should return true if this applies to at least one of the\n\
5929registers in @samp{(reg:@var{mode} @var{regno})}, and if as a result the\n\
5930call would alter part of the @var{mode} value. For example, if a call\n\
5931preserves the low 32 bits of a 64-bit hard register @var{regno} but can\n\
5932clobber the upper 32 bits, this hook should return true for a 64-bit mode\n\
5933but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5934\n\
5935The value of @var{abi_id} comes from the @code{predefined_function_abi}\n\
5936structure that describes the ABI of the call; see the definition of the\n\
5937structure for more details. If (as is usual) the target uses the same ABI\n\
5938for all functions in a translation unit, @var{abi_id} is always 0.\n\
80ec73f4
RS
5939\n\
5940The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5941for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
6ee2cc70
RS
5942 bool, (unsigned int abi_id, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5943 hook_bool_uint_uint_mode_false)
473574ee 5944
e8cecccc
ML
5945DEFHOOK
5946(get_multilib_abi_name,
5947 "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.",
5948 const char *, (void),
5949 hook_constcharptr_void_null)
5950
38f8b050
JR
5951/* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5952 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5953DEFHOOK
5954(case_values_threshold,
673c2f63
JM
5955 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5956is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5957The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5958five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
38f8b050
JR
5959 unsigned int, (void),
5960 default_case_values_threshold)
5961
2a31c321
RS
5962DEFHOOK
5963(starting_frame_offset,
5964 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
5965variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
5966offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
5967offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
5968implementation returns 0.",
5969 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
5970 hook_hwi_void_0)
5971
29eb9a44
BE
5972/* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
5973DEFHOOK
5974(compute_frame_layout,
5975 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5976recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5977be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5978layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
5979for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
5980this callback is optional.",
5981 void, (void),
5982 hook_void_void)
5983
53680238 5984/* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
38f8b050
JR
5985DEFHOOK
5986(frame_pointer_required,
673c2f63
JM
5987 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5988a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5989value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5990\n\
5991This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5992according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5993constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5994to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5995Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5996pointer.\n\
5997\n\
5998In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5999without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
6000automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
53680238 6001@code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
673c2f63
JM
6002them.\n\
6003\n\
6004In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
6005register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
6006fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
6007\n\
6008Default return value is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
6009 bool, (void),
6010 hook_bool_void_false)
6011
6012/* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
6013 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
6014DEFHOOK
6015(can_eliminate,
53680238 6016 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
673c2f63 6017try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
53680238
BE
6018@var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
6019cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
673c2f63
JM
6020knows about.\n\
6021\n\
6022Default return value is @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
6023 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
6024 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
6025
5efd84c5
NF
6026/* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
6027 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
6028 target. */
6029DEFHOOK
6030(conditional_register_usage,
673c2f63
JM
6031 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
6032@code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
6033@code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
6034any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
527a3750 6035of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
673c2f63
JM
6036@code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
6037@code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
6038called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
6039@code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
6040from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
6041@code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
6042@code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
6043@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
6044command options have been applied.\n\
6045\n\
6046@cindex disabling certain registers\n\
6047@cindex controlling register usage\n\
6048If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
6049flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
6050@code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
b48e9677
RS
6051registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
6052@code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
6053that shouldn't be used.\n\
673c2f63
JM
6054\n\
6055(However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
6056of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
6057controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
6058these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5efd84c5
NF
6059 void, (void),
6060 hook_void_void)
6061
8c1dd970 6062DEFHOOK
2c25083e
TC
6063(stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range,
6064 "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\
6065When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance \
6066up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\
6067On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\
6068Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise. \
6069Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\
6070of outgoing arguments. If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\
6071You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
6072 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6073 default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range)
8c1dd970
JL
6074
6075
38f8b050
JR
6076/* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
6077#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6078#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
6079HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
6080
6081/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
6082DEFHOOK_UNDOC
6083(mode_for_suffix,
6084"Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
6085 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
ef4bddc2 6086 machine_mode, (char c),
38f8b050
JR
6087 default_mode_for_suffix)
6088
42e02b20
JG
6089DEFHOOK
6090(excess_precision,
2dbe91cf
JG
6091 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
6092 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
6093 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
42e02b20
JG
6094 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
6095 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
6096 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
6097 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
6098 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
6099 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
6100 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
6101 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
2dbe91cf
JG
6102 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
6103 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
6104 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
6105 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
6106 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
42e02b20
JG
6107 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
6108 default_excess_precision)
6109
38f8b050
JR
6110HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
6111
6112/* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
6113#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6114#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
6115HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
6116
6117/* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
6118DEFHOOK
6119(guard_type,
673c2f63
JM
6120 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
6121These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
6122default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
38f8b050
JR
6123 tree, (void),
6124 default_cxx_guard_type)
6125
6126/* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
6127DEFHOOK
6128(guard_mask_bit,
673c2f63
JM
6129 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
6130@code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
6131@code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
38f8b050
JR
6132 bool, (void),
6133 hook_bool_void_false)
6134
6135/* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
6136DEFHOOK
6137(get_cookie_size,
673c2f63
JM
6138 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
6139whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
6140known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
6141@code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
6142IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
38f8b050
JR
6143 tree, (tree type),
6144 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
6145
6146/* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
6147DEFHOOK
6148(cookie_has_size,
673c2f63
JM
6149 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
6150array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
6151 bool, (void),
6152 hook_bool_void_false)
6153
6154/* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
6155 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
6156DEFHOOK
6157(import_export_class,
673c2f63
JM
6158 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
6159class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
6160will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
6161to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
6162modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
6163backend's targeted operating system.",
38f8b050
JR
6164 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
6165
6166/* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
6167DEFHOOK
6168(cdtor_returns_this,
673c2f63
JM
6169 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
6170the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
6171@code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
6172 bool, (void),
6173 hook_bool_void_false)
6174
6175/* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6176 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6177 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
6178DEFHOOK
6179(key_method_may_be_inline,
673c2f63
JM
6180 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
6181which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
6182table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
6183Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
6184the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
6185some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6186method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
6187 bool, (void),
6188 hook_bool_void_true)
6189
6190DEFHOOK
6191(determine_class_data_visibility,
6192"@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
6193 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
6194 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
6195 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
6196 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
6197 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6198 void, (tree decl),
6199 hook_void_tree)
6200
6201/* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6202 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6203 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6204 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6205 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6206DEFHOOK
6207(class_data_always_comdat,
673c2f63
JM
6208 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6209similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6210external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6211classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6212unit will not be COMDAT.",
38f8b050
JR
6213 bool, (void),
6214 hook_bool_void_true)
6215
6216/* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6217 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6218 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6219DEFHOOK
6220(library_rtti_comdat,
673c2f63
JM
6221 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6222the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6223be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
38f8b050
JR
6224 bool, (void),
6225 hook_bool_void_true)
6226
6227/* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6228 destructors. */
6229DEFHOOK
6230(use_aeabi_atexit,
673c2f63
JM
6231 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6232should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6233is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
38f8b050
JR
6234 bool, (void),
6235 hook_bool_void_false)
6236
6237/* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6238 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6239DEFHOOK
6240(use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
673c2f63
JM
6241 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6242in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6243destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6244shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6245unloaded. The default is to return false.",
38f8b050
JR
6246 bool, (void),
6247 hook_bool_void_false)
6248
6249DEFHOOK
6250(adjust_class_at_definition,
6251"@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
6252 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
6253 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6254 void, (tree type),
6255 hook_void_tree)
6256
5b880ea6
RO
6257DEFHOOK
6258(decl_mangling_context,
6259 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6260 tree, (const_tree decl),
6261 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6262
38f8b050
JR
6263HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6264
6265/* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6266#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6267#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6268HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6269
6270/* Name of the address and common functions. */
6271DEFHOOKPOD
6272(get_address,
673c2f63
JM
6273 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6274object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6275emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
38f8b050
JR
6276 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6277
6278DEFHOOKPOD
6279(register_common,
673c2f63
JM
6280 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6281program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6282initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6283have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6284registration function to be used.",
38f8b050
JR
6285 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6286
6287/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6288DEFHOOKPOD
6289(var_section,
673c2f63
JM
6290 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6291be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6292any section.",
38f8b050
JR
6293 const char *, NULL)
6294
6295DEFHOOKPOD
6296(tmpl_section,
673c2f63
JM
6297 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6298placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6299section.",
38f8b050
JR
6300 const char *, NULL)
6301
6302/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6303DEFHOOKPOD
6304(var_prefix,
673c2f63
JM
6305 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6306The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
38f8b050
JR
6307 const char *, NULL)
6308
6309DEFHOOKPOD
6310(tmpl_prefix,
673c2f63
JM
6311 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6312default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
38f8b050
JR
6313 const char *, NULL)
6314
6315/* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6316DEFHOOK
6317(var_fields,
673c2f63
JM
6318 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6319object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6320@var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6321@code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6322for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
38f8b050
JR
6323 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6324 default_emutls_var_fields)
6325
6326/* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6327DEFHOOK
6328(var_init,
673c2f63
JM
6329 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6330TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6331is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6332initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
38f8b050
JR
6333 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6334 default_emutls_var_init)
6335
6336/* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6337 proxy variable. */
6338DEFHOOKPOD
6339(var_align_fixed,
673c2f63
JM
6340 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6341fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6342single objects. The default is false.",
38f8b050
JR
6343 bool, false)
6344
6345/* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6346DEFHOOKPOD
6347(debug_form_tls_address,
673c2f63
JM
6348 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6349may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
38f8b050
JR
6350 bool, false)
6351
6352HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6353
6354#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6355#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6356HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6357
7aa7f2e3
SL
6358/* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6359 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6360 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
38f8b050
JR
6361DEFHOOK
6362(valid_attribute_p,
673c2f63
JM
6363 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6364allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6365These function-specific options may differ\n\
6366from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6367@code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6368\n\
6369The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6370the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6371@code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
38f8b050
JR
6372 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6373 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6374
6375/* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6376DEFHOOK
6377(save,
673c2f63
JM
6378 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6379in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
bf7b5747 6380options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
673c2f63 6381@xref{Option file format}.",
ba948b37
JJ
6382 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts,
6383 struct gcc_options *opts_set), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
6384
6385/* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6386 structure. */
6387DEFHOOK
6388(restore,
673c2f63
JM
6389 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6390information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
bf7b5747 6391function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
ba948b37
JJ
6392 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct gcc_options *opts_set,
6393 struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
38f8b050 6394
59913123
JJ
6395/* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6396 streamed in. */
6397DEFHOOK
6398(post_stream_in,
6399 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6400@code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6401LTO bytecode.",
6402 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6403
38f8b050
JR
6404/* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6405 structure. */
6406DEFHOOK
6407(print,
673c2f63
JM
6408 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6409information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6410function-specific options.",
38f8b050
JR
6411 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6412
7aa7f2e3 6413/* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
38f8b050
JR
6414 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6415 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6416 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
56cb42ea 6417DEFHOOK
38f8b050 6418(pragma_parse,
673c2f63
JM
6419 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6420sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6421input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6422@code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
38f8b050
JR
6423 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6424 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6425
6426/* Do option overrides for the target. */
6427DEFHOOK
6428(override,
673c2f63
JM
6429 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6430a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6431@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6432once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6433\n\
6434Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6435@option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6436\n\
6437If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6438changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6439@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
38f8b050 6440 void, (void),
c5387660 6441 hook_void_void)
38f8b050 6442
3649b9b7
ST
6443/* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6444 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6445 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6446 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6447DEFHOOK
6448(function_versions,
673c2f63
JM
6449 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6450versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6451versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6452different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6453different target machines.",
3649b9b7
ST
6454 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6455 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6456
38f8b050
JR
6457/* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6458#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6459#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6460DEFHOOK
6461(can_inline_p,
673c2f63
JM
6462 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6463cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6464default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6465specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
38f8b050
JR
6466 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6467 default_target_can_inline_p)
6468
63b0cb04
CB
6469DEFHOOK
6470(relayout_function,
6471"This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6472 void, (tree fndecl),
6473 hook_void_tree)
6474
38f8b050
JR
6475HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6476
6477/* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6478 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6479 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6480DEFHOOK
6481(extra_live_on_entry,
673c2f63
JM
6482 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6483function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6484cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6485registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6486TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6487FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
38f8b050
JR
6488 void, (bitmap regs),
6489 hook_void_bitmap)
6490
aaeaa9a9 6491/* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
73b3e61b
TV
6492 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6493 definition. */
aaeaa9a9
RO
6494DEFHOOKPOD
6495(call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
73b3e61b
TV
6496 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6497clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6498That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
630ba2fd 6499linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
73b3e61b
TV
6500modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6501in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6502The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
1e288103 6503is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
aaeaa9a9
RO
6504 bool,
6505 false)
6506
ee3d2ecd
JJ
6507/* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6508DEFHOOK
6509(set_up_by_prologue,
6510 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6511 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6512 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6513 NULL)
6514
d45eae79
SL
6515/* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6516 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6517 function attribute. */
6518DEFHOOK
6519(warn_func_return,
6520 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6521 bool, (tree),
6522 hook_bool_tree_true)
6523
20a6ece0
SB
6524#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6525#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6526HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6527
6528DEFHOOK
6529(get_separate_components,
6530 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6531components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6532Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6533shrink-wrapping.\n\
6534Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6535If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6536 sbitmap, (void),
6537 NULL)
6538
6539DEFHOOK
6540(components_for_bb,
6541 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6542components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6543the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6544 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6545 NULL)
6546
6547DEFHOOK
6548(disqualify_components,
6549 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6550components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6551@var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6552epilogue instead.",
6553 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6554 NULL)
6555
6556DEFHOOK
6557(emit_prologue_components,
6558 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6559 void, (sbitmap),
6560 NULL)
6561
6562DEFHOOK
6563(emit_epilogue_components,
6564 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6565 void, (sbitmap),
6566 NULL)
6567
6568DEFHOOK
6569(set_handled_components,
6570 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6571@code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6572components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6573will be deleted after this call.",
6574 void, (sbitmap),
6575 NULL)
6576
6577HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6578#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6579#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6580
f0a0390e
RH
6581/* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6582DEFHOOK
6583(debug_unwind_info,
673c2f63
JM
6584 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6585unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6586@code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6587return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6588\n\
6589A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6590is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6591\n\
6592A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6593This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
f0a0390e
RH
6594 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6595 default_debug_unwind_info)
6596
924c9e3e
AO
6597DEFHOOK
6598(reset_location_view, "\
6599This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6600uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6601length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6602cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6603\n\
6604If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6605the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6606safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6607definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6608be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6609\n\
6610If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6611@code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6612 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6613
c354951b
AK
6614/* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6615 defined at this time. */
6616DEFHOOK
6617(canonicalize_comparison,
673c2f63
JM
6618 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6619convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6620does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6621comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6622\n\
6623On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6624@var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6625are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6626@var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6627allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6628in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6629allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6630\n\
6631GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6632valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6633@file{md} file.\n\
6634\n\
6635You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6636comparison code or operands.",
c354951b
AK
6637 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6638 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6639
894d8b41
EB
6640DEFHOOK
6641(min_arithmetic_precision,
6642 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6643maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6644arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6645\n\
6646On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6647using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6648of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6649\n\
6650More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6651compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6652with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6653\n\
6654You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6655defined to 1.",
6656 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6657
57c5ab1b
RH
6658DEFHOOKPOD
6659(atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6660 "This value should be set if the result written by\
630ba2fd 6661 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\
57c5ab1b
RH
6662 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6663 unsigned char, 1)
267bac10 6664
fceec4d3
AM
6665/* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6666 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6667 as needed. */
6668DEFHOOK
6669(atomic_align_for_mode,
6670"If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6671 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6672 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
ef4bddc2 6673 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
fceec4d3
AM
6674 hook_uint_mode_0)
6675
267bac10
JM
6676DEFHOOK
6677(atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6678"ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6679 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6680 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6681 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6682 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6683 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6684 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6685 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6686 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6687 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6688 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6689 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6690 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6691 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6692 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6693 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6694 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6695
38f8b050
JR
6696/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6697
38f8b050
JR
6698/* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6699 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6700DEFHOOKPOD
6701(have_switchable_bss_sections,
673c2f63
JM
6702 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6703section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6704This is true on most ELF targets.",
38f8b050
JR
6705 bool, false)
6706
6707/* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6708 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6709DEFHOOKPOD
6710(have_ctors_dtors,
673c2f63
JM
6711 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6712collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6713It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
38f8b050
JR
6714 bool, false)
6715
6716/* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6717DEFHOOKPOD
6718(have_tls,
673c2f63
JM
6719 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6720The default value is false.",
38f8b050
JR
6721 bool, false)
6722
6723/* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6724DEFHOOKPOD
6725(have_srodata_section,
673c2f63
JM
6726 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6727``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
38f8b050
JR
6728 bool, false)
6729
6730/* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6731DEFHOOKPOD
6732(terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
673c2f63
JM
6733 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6734end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6735Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6736true otherwise.",
38f8b050
JR
6737 bool, true)
6738
6739/* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6740DEFHOOKPOD
6741(asm_file_start_app_off,
673c2f63
JM
6742 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6743printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6744@option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6745to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6746definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6747assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6748whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6749\n\
6750The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6751verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6752comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
38f8b050
JR
6753 bool, false)
6754
6755/* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6756 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6757DEFHOOKPOD
6758(asm_file_start_file_directive,
673c2f63
JM
6759 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6760for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6761@code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6762this to be done. The default is false.",
38f8b050 6763 bool, false)
38f8b050
JR
6764
6765/* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6766 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6767DEFHOOKPOD
6768(arm_eabi_unwinder,
673c2f63
JM
6769 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6770based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6771the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6772running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
6773 bool, false)
6774
9730bc27
TT
6775DEFHOOKPOD
6776(want_debug_pub_sections,
6777 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6778 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6779 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6780 bool, false)
6781
2ba42841 6782DEFHOOKPOD
a50fa76a 6783(delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
2ba42841
AO
6784This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6785bool, false)
6786
6787DEFHOOKPOD
a50fa76a 6788(delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
2ba42841
AO
6789This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6790bool, false)
6791
a50fa76a
BS
6792DEFHOOKPOD
6793(no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6794following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6795targets.",
6796bool, false)
6797
38f8b050
JR
6798/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6799
06b90602
CB
6800/* Functions related to mode switching. */
6801#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6802#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6803HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6804
6805DEFHOOK
6806(emit,
cbb1e3d9
CB
6807 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6808 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
06b90602
CB
6809
6810DEFHOOK
6811(needed,
cbb1e3d9 6812 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
ac44248e 6813 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
06b90602
CB
6814
6815DEFHOOK
6816(after,
6817 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
ac44248e 6818 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
06b90602
CB
6819
6820DEFHOOK
6821(entry,
6822 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6823 int, (int entity), NULL)
6824
6825DEFHOOK
6826(exit,
6827 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6828 int, (int entity), NULL)
6829
6830DEFHOOK
6831(priority,
6832 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6833 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6834
6835HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6836
4bccb39e
RS
6837#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6838#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6839
6840#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6841 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6842#include "target-insns.def"
6843#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6844
6845#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6846 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6847#include "target-insns.def"
6848#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6849
8684d89d
RS
6850#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6851 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6852#include "target-insns.def"
6853#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6854
40af5894
DM
6855DEFHOOK
6856(run_target_selftests,
6857 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6858 void, (void),
6859 NULL)
6860
38f8b050
JR
6861/* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6862HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
06b90602 6863